Anda di halaman 1dari 400

Read through these pagesto learn more abrnrt:k&

cooling, defogging and defrosting .i'ryqir.*


features
,,
. -. <. . ~
:
;:

To set theclock, on systems with Automatic Tam C


HR until the correct hour appears. Press and hall
minute amears. For other radios, presst b
right an tn set the minutes;press the m..VII U8.U
---- -
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Supplement to the 1998 Chevrolet
Cavalier and PontiacSunfire
Owners Manual
This informationreplaces the Instrument Panel Fuse
Block and Engine Compartment Fuse Block
information found on pages6-59 through 6-62 in
Section 6 of your Owners Manual.

The fuse panel is located at theleft end of the instrument


panel. To open, push the tab on the access door to the
left and pull the door forward. Make sure to insert the
tabs when replacing the cover.

Part No. 22615825


1
I 1 I 1
TRN-BIL~

FIP- INJ
ERLS

AIR BAG

RR DFOG PWR ACC STOP HA


ALA
';
CRUISE
PCMIIGN

HDLP
L
IGN

R HDLP
Fuse
CLS/PCM
Usage
Instrument Cluster, Powertrain
Control Module, Daytime
Running Lamps
LAMP
CLUSTER
INT
LAMP
EXT HORN

I I LPS I INST I I I 0 2 HTR Rear 0 2 Sensor Heater


I I I I WIPER Windshield Wipers,
I 02 HTR I HVAC I I I I Windshield Washers

1 WIPER RADIO
ERLS

AIR BAG
Automatic Transaxle, Brake
Transaxle Shift Interlock, A/C
Compressor, Cruise Control,
Multiport Fuel Injection
Supplemental Inflatable
Restraint System
Fuse Usage
PWR ACC Power Door Locks, Convertible
TRN-BL Exterior Lamps, Back-up Lamps Top (Convertible Model Only)
F/P-INJ Fuel Pump, Fuel Injectors EXT LAMP Exterior Lamps, Instrument
RR DFOG Rear Window Defogger Panel Lights
CLUSTER Instrument Cluster, Anti-Lock HVAC Heater and N C Control, Engine
Brake System Cooling Fan
Fuse Usage Fuse Usage
RADIO Radio, Remote Keyless Entry INT LAMP Alarm Module: Illuminated Entry,
Warning Chimes, Overhead
ALARM Alarm Module - Interior Lamps,
Lamps, Map/Reading Lamps,
Warning Chimes
Glove Box Lamp, Trunk Lamp,
CRUISE Cruise Control Radio, Power Mirrors, Remote
STOP/HAZ Exterior Lamps, Anti-Lock Keyless Entry
Brake System, Cruise Control, IGN Engine Ignition
Turn Signals
R HDLP Right Headlamp, Fog Lamp
CIG Cigarette Lighter (2-24 Model Only)
INST LPS Instrument Panel Lights, HORN Horn, Diagnostic Connectm
Warning Chimes
PWR WDO/SRF Power Windows, Power Sunroof,
PCWIGN Powertrain Control Module Convertible Top Controls
L HDLP Left Headlamp, Fog Lamp (Convertible Model Only)
(2-24 Model Only) (Circuit Breaker)
DRL Daytime Running Lamps (Relay)

3
Engine CompartmentFuse Block

Fuse Usage
IGN Ignition Switch Circuits
BATT 1 Power ACC/Stoplamp Circuits
The engine compartment fuse block is located on the BATT 2 Lighting Circuits
driver's side of the engine compartment. Lift off the
cover to check the fuses. ABS Anti-Lock Brake System
COOLING FAN Engine Cooling Fan
BLO Heater and A/C Blower
PCM Powertrain Control Module
A/C A/C Compressor
ABS/EVO Anti-Lock Brake System

4
0The 1998 CheT ~ - :et Cavalier Owners Manual

1-1 Seats and Restraint Systems


This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly.It also explains the SRS system.
2-1 Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
3-1 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you how to adiust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system.
4- 1 Your Driving and the Roaa
Here youll find helpful information and tips about the road and howto drive under different conditions.
5-1 Problems on the Road
This section tells what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated engine, etc.
6- 1 Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.
7-1 Maintenance Schedule
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
8- 1 Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistan.ce and howto get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on Reporting Safety Defects on page 8- 10.
9-1 Index
Heres an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.

i
We support voluntary
technician certification.

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,


L-w-A
CERTIFIED

Thl

CHEVROLET, theCHEVROLET Emblem and the WE SUPPORT


VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
name CAVALIER are registered trademarks of CERTIFICATION THROUGH
General Motors Corporation. National Institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
This manual includes thelatest information at the timeit SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes inthe
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold inCanada, substitute the name
General Motorsof Canada Limited for Chevrolet For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a
Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual. French Language Manual:
Please keep thismanual in your vehicle, so it will be Aux propribtaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
there if youever need it when youre on the road. If you
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new procurer un exemplaire de ceguide en franqais chez
owner can useit. votre concessionaire ou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1577 MeyersideDr.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1B9

Litho in U.S.A. @CopyrightGeneral Motors Corporation 1997


Part No. 10296279 B First Edition All Rights Reserved
w e l c o m e to the largest vehicle backed by a proud worn the Chevrolet marque.
automotive family in the history of performance and That kind of reception from
world -- the family of Chevrolet value. Since the first Classic auto owners is unmatched by
owners. You have selected a Six rolled off the line in 19 12, any other car manufacturer in
vehicle designed, engineered more than 110 million the world.
and crafted by teamwork, a Chevrolet cars and trucks have

Louis Clzevrolet, the other h d f o j the team,


at the u:heel qf his experimental Classic
Six, which entered production in 1912.
That Fear 2999 vehicles were produced.
The legacy of America's favorite sportscar
In 1932 Chevrolet began in 1953, when 319 hand-assembled I

introduced the
Synchro-Mesh
transmission and
ofSered a host of
accessories -- including
such niceties as a clock!

iv
I
I
I
I

and we are pledged to


make ownership of your
Chevrolet an enjoyable
and rewarding experience.

60 j. automotive e.rc'iternent
included Chevrolet landmarks
like the Corvette Sting Ray,
I---
the spore Cctmaro, and
powerplants like the
legendury 327 VH.

V
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owners manual from beginning
to end when they first receive their new vehicle. If you
do this, it will help you learn about the features and These mean there is something that could hurt
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, youll find you or other people.
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then
Index we tell you what todo to help avoid or reduce the
A good place to look for what you need is the Index in hazard. Please read these cautions. If you dont, you or
back of the manual. Its an alphabetical list of whats in others could be hurt.
the manual, and the page number where youll find it.
You will also find a circle
Safety Warnings and Symbols with a slash through it in
this book. This safety
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
symbol means Dont,
We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you
Dont do this or Dont
about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore let this happen.
the warning.

vi
Vehicle Damage Warnings In the notice area, we tell you about something that
can damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage
Also. in this book you will find these notices: would not be covered by your warranty, and it could
be costly. But the notice will tell you what to do to help
1I
NOTICE:
avoid the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warningsin different colors

I These mean there is something that could


damage your vehicle.
or in different words.
Youll also sei5 warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.

vii
1
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
For example, These symbols These symbols These symbols These symbols Here are some
these symbols are important have to do with are on some of are used on other symbols
are used onan for you and your lamps: your controls: warning and you may see:
original battery: your passengers indicator lights:
whenever your
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
A vehicle is
driven:
FUSE

DOOR LOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY UNLOCK
SHIELDING
BAllERY
CHARGING
LIGHTER n
SYSTEM
CAUSTIC
BAlTERY
ACID COULD
CAUSE
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER BRAKE (a) HORN )tr
BURNS

AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
WINDOW
n

ISJ DAYTIME 0
RUNNING
- 0

0
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
COOLANT
a SPEAKER
b
SPARK OR ,111,
LAMPS ' * *
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE FUEL p3
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BAITERY
FOG LAMPS $0 VENTILATING
FAN ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
(a)
viii
0s ction 1 Seats and Restraint Systems

Here youll find information about the seats in your Chewolet and how to use your safetybelts properly. You can also
learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safetybelts.

1-2 Seats and Seat Controls 1-33 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children
1-8 Safety Belts: Theyre for Everyone and Small Adults
1-12 Here Are Questions Many People Ask About 1-36 Center Passenger Position
Safety Belts--and the Answers 1-37 Children
1-13 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1-40 Child Restraints
1- 14 Driver Position 1-52 Larger Children
1-22 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1-55 Safety Belt Extender
1-23 Right Front Passenger Position 1-55 Checking Your Restraint Systems
1-23 Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) 1-55 Replacing Restraint System Parts
1-30 Rear Seat Passengers After a Crash

1-1
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you about the seats -- how to
adjust them -- and also about reclining seatbacks
and head restraints.

Manual Fron r ;

A CAUTION: I
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual drivers seat while the vehicle is
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make youpush a pedal whenyou
Lift the lever onthe front of the drivers seat to unlock
dont want to. Adjust the drivers seat only when it. Slide the seat to where you want it. Then release the
the vehicle is not moving. lever and try to move the seat with your body, to make
L sure the seat is locked into place,
Your vehicle will be equipped with one of the following
passenger seat adjusters.

1-2
1

If your vehicle is not equipped with easy entry seats, If your vehicle is equipped with easy entry seats, this is
your passenger seat adjuster looks like this. Slide the your front passenger seat adjuster. Pull up on the lever at
lever under the passenger's seat to the right to unlock it. the front of the passenger's seat up to unlock it. Slide the
Slide the seat towhere you want it. Then release the seat to a comfortable position. Then release the lever
lever and try to move the seat with your body, to make and try to move the seat with your body, to make sure
sure the seat is locked into place. the seat is locked into place.
Manual Lumbar Support(If Equipped)
The manual lumbar support control is located at the
front of the driver's seat, toward the right. Turn the knob
to the right or to the left to increase or decrease the
amount of support to your lower back.

1-3
Reclining Front Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback, lift the lever on the outer side of


the seat and move the seatback to where you wantit. But dont have a seatback reclined if your vehicle
Release the lever and push rearward on the seatback to is moving.
make sure it is locked. Pull up on the lever and the seat
will go to an upright position.

1-4
Head Restraints
Slide the head restraint up or down so that the top of the
restraint is closest to the top of your ears. This position
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.
in motioncan be dangerous. Evenif you buckle
up, your safety belts cantdo their jobwhen
Seatback Latches (2-Door Models)
youre reclined like this. The frontseatback folds
The shoulder belt cant do its job because it forward to let people get
wont be against your body. Instead, it will be in into the back seat.
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neckor other injuries.
The lap belt cant do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
For properprotection when the vehicle isin
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit To fold a front seatback forward, lift the latch located on
well back in the seat andwear your safety the lower back side of the seatback. Then the seat will
belt properly. fold forward.

1-5
When you return the seatback to itsoriginal position, Easy Entry Seat (If Equipped)
make sure the seatb,ackis locked. The latch must be
down for the seat to work properly.
+
A CAUTION:
If an easy entry right front seat isnt locked,it
can move. In a sudden stopor crash, the person
it could move
If the seatback isnt locked, sitting therecould be injured. Afteryouve used
forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could it, besure to pushrearward on an easy entry seat
cause injury to the person sitting there.
Always to be sure it is locked.
press rearward on the seatback to besure it
is locked.
of some two-door vehicles makesit
The right front seat
easy toget in and out of the rear seat.
0 Tilt the rightfront seatback completely forward and
the whole seat will slide forward.
0 Move the right front seatback to its original position
after someone gets into the rear seat area. Then move
the seat rearward until it locks.
0 Tilt the seatback completely forward again to
get out.

1-6
Rear Seats
Folding the Rear Seat

To close the seat, push the seatback up to its


original position.
Check to ensure the seatback is in its original position
and securely latched by pulling forward on the top
To open the fold-down rear seat, pull forward on the
of the seatback. Move any obstructions in the trunk
seat tab.
compartment.

1-7
Safety Belts: Theyre for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do -- - -- -
with safety belts. r:ezrz:us to ride ina cargo area,
And it explains the Supplemental Restraint System ~inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
(SRS), or air bag system. ~people riding in theseareas are more likelyto be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow peopleto
ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is not
A-CAUTION: - -
equipped withseats and safety belts.Be sure
everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a
Dont let anyoneride where heor she cantwear safety belt properly.
a safety belt properly.If you are in a crash and
youre not wearinga safety belt, yourinjuries
can be much worse. Youcan hitthings insidethe Your vehicle has a light that
vehicle or be ejectedfrom it. You can be seriously comes on as a reminder to
injured or killed. In the same crash, you might buckle up. (See Safety
not beif you are buckled up. Alwaysfasten your Belt Reminder Light in
safety belt,and check that your passengers belts the Index.)
are fastened properly too.

1-8
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to Why Safety Belts Work
wear safety belts. Heres why:They work.
you go as fastas
When you ride in or on anything,
You never knowif youll be in a crash, If you do have a it goes.
crash, you dont know if it will bea bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes cansobe
serious that even buckled
up a person wouldnt survive.
In many of them,
But most crashes are in between.
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes
walk away. Without belts they could have been badly
hurt or killed.
After more than30 years of safety belts in vehicles,
up does
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling
matter ... a lot!

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose its


just a seat
on wheels.

1-9
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesnt stop.

1-10
The person keeps going until stopped by something. or the instrument panel ...
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...

1-11
Here Are Questions Many People Ask
About Safety Belts -- and the Answers
@ Wont I be trapped in the vehicle afteran
accident if Im wearinga safety belt?
A: You could be -- whether youre wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if youre upside down. And your chance of
being conscious during and after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
you are belted.
@ I have to
If my vehicle has air bags, why should
wear safety belts?
A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will
be in most of them in the future. But they are
or the safety belts!
supplemental systems only; so they work with
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance, system ever offered for sale has required the use of
and your strongest bones take theforces. Thats why safety belts. Even if youre in a vehicle that has air
safety belts make such good sense.
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. Thats true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.

1-12
Q. If Im a good driver, andI never drive far from How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
home, why should I wear safety belts?
Adults
A: You may be an excellent driver, butif youre in an
accident -- even one that isnt your fault-- you and This part is only for people of adult size.
your passengers can behurt. Being a good driver Be aware that thereare special thingsto know about
doesnt protect you from things beyond your safety belts and children.And there are different rules
control, such as bad drivers. for smaller children and babies.If a child will be
part of this manual
riding in your vehicle, see the
Most accidents occur within25 miles (40 km) of called Children. Follow those rules for
home. Andthe greatest numberof serious injuries everyones protection.
of less than 40 mph
and deaths occur at speeds
First, youll want to know which restraint systems your
(65 km/h). vehicle has.
Safety belts arefor everyone. Well start with the driver position.

1-13
Driver Position
This part describes the drivers restraintsystem.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Heres how to wear
it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see Seats in the Index)
so you can situp straight.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Dont let itget twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly.If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

1-14
I

If the belt stops before it reaches


the buckle, tilt 5. To make the lap parttight, pull down on the buckle
the latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle end of the belt as you pull up onthe shoulder belt.
the belt.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sureit is secure.
If the belt isnt long enough, see
Safety Belt
Extender at the endof this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckleis
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.

1-15
The lappart of the beltshould be worn low an n
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this appues
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should
go
over the shoulder and acrossthe chest. These parts of the
body are best able totake belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif there's a suddenstop or crash, or
of the retractor.
if you pull the belt very quickly out

1-16
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
(&Door Models) To move it down, squeeze the release button and move
Before you begin to drive, move the shoulder belt the adjuster tothe desired position.You can move the
adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt
adjuster to the height thatis right for you.
guide. After you move the adjuster to where you want
try to moveit down without squeezing the release button
to make sureit has locked into position.
Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the
belt is centered on your shoulder. The belt should be
away from your face and neck, but not falling off
your shoulder.

1-17
Q. Whats wrong with this?

-l
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.

A: The shoulder belt istoo loose. It wont give nearly


as much protection this way.

1-18
Whats wrong withthis? .-
A
--- -
r-cA=-T:
You can be seriouslyinjured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like this.In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would bethere, not at the pelvic
bones. This could causeserious internal injuries.
Always buckle your belt into the buckle
nearest you.

L 1
I
I 1 I I I I I

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

1-19
e: What's wrong with this?
A CAUTION:
You can be seriouslyinjured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your
body would move toofar forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would applytoo much forceto the
ribs, whicharen't as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severelyinjure internalorgans
like your liver or spleen.
I

A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should


be worn over the shoulderat all times.

1-20
Q: Whats wrong with this?
I A CAUTION:
You can bes e r i o f i
a crash,you wouldnt have the full widthof the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted,
make it straight so it can work properly, or ask
your dealer tofix it.
I

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

1-21
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they dont wear safety belts.

To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.


The belt should go backout of the way.
Before you close the door, be surethe belt is out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damageboth the
belt and your vehicle.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.

1-22
The bestway to protect thefetus is to protect the Here are the most important things to know about the air
mother. When a safety beltis worn properly, its more bag system:
likely that thefetus wont be hurt ina crash. For
pregnant women, asfor anyone, the key to making
safety belts effectiveis wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
You can be severelyinjured or killed in a crashif
The right front passengers safety belt works the same
way as the drivers safety belt.See Driver Position
--
you arent wearingyour safety belt even if you
have air bags, Wearing your safety belt during a
earlier in this section.
crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) inside the vehicleor being ejected fromit. Air bags
are supplemental restraints to the safety belts.
This part explains the Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) or air bag system.
--
All air bags even reduced-force air bags -- are
designed to work with safety belts, but dont
Your vehicle has Next Generation reduced-force replace them. Airbags are designed to work only
frontal air bags-- one air bagfor the driver and another in moderate to severe crashes where front the of
for the rightfront passenger. your vehiclehits something. They arent designed
Reduced-force frontal air bags are designed to help to inflate at all in rollover, rear, sideor low-speed
reduce the riskof injury fromthe force of an inflating frontal crashes. And,for unrestrained occupants,
air bag. But even these air bags must inflate very reduced-force air bags may provide less protection
quickly if they are to do their
jobs and comply with in frontal crashesthan more forcefulair bags have
federal regulations. provided in the past. Everyone in your vehicle
--
should weara safety belt properly whether or
not theresan air bag forthat person.

1-23
I adults, but not for young children and infants.
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the Neither the vehicles safety belt systemnor its air
blink of an eye. If youre too closeto an inflating bag system is designed for them. Young children
air bag, it could seriouslyinjure you. This is true and infants need the protection that a child
even if your vehiclehas reduced-force frontal air restraint system can provide. Alwayssecure
bags. Safety beltshelp keep you in position before children properly in your vehicle. To read how,
and duringa crash. Always wear your safety belt, see the part of this manual called Childrenand
even with reduced-forceair bags. The driver see the caution labels onthe sunvisors and the
should sit as far back as possible while still right front passengers safety belt.
maintaining control of the vehicle.

There is an air bag


readiness light on the
AIR instrument panel, which
shows AIR BAG.
BAG
Children who are upagainst, or very close to,an
air bag when it inflates can be seriouslyinjured
or killed. This istrue even if your vehicle has
The system checks the air bag electrical system for
reduced-force frontal air bags. Air bags plus malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
lap-shoulder belts offerthe best protectionfor problem. See Air Bag Readiness Light in the Index
CAUTION: (Continued) for more information.

1-24
How the Air Bag SystemWorks

The right front passengers air bag is in the instrument


panel on the passengers side.
Where are theair bags?
The drivers air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.

1-25
When shouldan airbag inflate?
An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crash. The air bag will inflate
If something is between an occupant and an air only if the impact speed is above the systems designed
bag, the bag might notinflate properly or it threshold level. If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesntmove or deform, the threshold level is
might forcethe object into that person. The path
about 9 to 14 mph (14 to 23 km/h). The threshold level
of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. Dont can vary, however, with specific vehicle design,so that
put anything between an occupant and an air it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
bag, and dont attach or put anything on the vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such
steering wheel hub oron or near any other air as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
bag covering. air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
In any particular crash,no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
to a vehicleor because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angleof the impact and
how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or
near-frontal impacts.

1-26
What makes an air bag inflate? What will you see after an air bag inflates?
In an impactof sufficient seventy, the air bag sensing so
After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates,
system detects that the vehicleis in a crash.The sensing quickly that some people may not even realize the
system triggers a releaseof gas from the inflator, which air bag inflated. Some componentsof the air bag
inflates theair bag. The inflator, air bag and related module -- the steering wheel hubfor the drivers air
hardware areall part of the air bag modules inside the bag, or the instrument panelfor the rightfront
steering wheel and in the instrument panelin front of the passengers bag -- will be hotfor a short time.The
right front passenger. parts of the bag that comeinto contact with you may
How does an air bag restrain? be warm, but nottoo hot to touch. There will be some
smoke and dust coming from vents the in deflated air
In moderate to severe frontalor near-frontal collisions, bags. Air bag inflation doesnt preventthe driver
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the from seeing or from being able to steerthe vehicle,
instrument panel.Air bags supplement the protection nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle.
provided by safetybelts. Air bags distribute the forceof
the impact more evenly over the occupants upper body,
stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would
not help you in many types of collisions, including
rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily because
an occupants motionis not toward those air bags. Air
bags should never be regarded as anythng more than a
supplement tosafety belts, and then onlyin moderate to
severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.

1-27
In many crashes severe enoughto inflate an air bag,
windshields are brokenby vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakagemay also occur from the
right front passenger air bag.
When an air bag inflates,thc- J is dust in the air.
This dust could causebreathing problems for
0 Air bags are designed to inflate only once. After they
inflate, youll need somenew parts for your air bag
people witha history of asthma or other
system. If you dont get them,the air bag system
breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone inthe wont be there to help protect you in another crash.
vehicle should getout as soon as it is safeto do sc A new system will include air bag modules and
If you havebreathing problems but cant getout possibly other parts. The service manual for your
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
fresh air by opening a window or door. 0 Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information
about the air bag system.The module records
information about the readiness of the system, when
the sensors are activated and drivers safety belt
usage at deployment.
0 Let only qualified technicians work
on your air bag
system. Improper service can mean that your air
bag system wont work properly. See your dealer
for service.

1-28
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle
NOTICE: Air bags affect how your vehicle should be serviced.
There are partsof the air bag system in several places
If you damage the covering for the driversor the around your vehicle.You dont want the system to
right front passengers air bag, the bag may not inflate while someoneis working on your vehicle.
work properly.You may have to replacethe air Your dealer and the Cavalier Service Manual have
bag modulein the steeringwheel or both theair information about servicing your vehicle and airthe
bag moduleand the instrument panel for the bag system. To purchase a service manual, see Service
right front passengers air bag. Do not openor and Owner Publicationsin the Index.
break theair bag coverings.
I
If your vehicle ever getsinto a lotof water -- such as
water up to the carpeting or higher -- or if water enters
your vehicle and soaks the carpet, the air bag controller For up to10 minutes after the ignitionkey is
can be soaked and ruined. If this ever happens, and then turned off and thebattery is disconnected,an air
you start your vehicle,the damage could make theair bag can still inflateduring improper service.You
bags inflate, even if theres no crash. You would have to can beinjured if you are close to an air bag when
replace the air bagsas well asthe sensors and related it inflates. Avoid yellowconnectors. Theyare
parts. If your vehicle is ever in a flood, or if its exposed probably part of the air bag system. Besure to
to water thatsoaks the carpet, you can avoid needless follow proper service procedures,and make sure
repair costs by turning off the vehicle immediately. the person performing work for you is qualified
Dont let anyone start the vehicle, even to tow it, unless to doso.
the battery cables arefirst disconnected.

The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.

1-29
Rear Seat Passengers
Its very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who arent safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat OutsidePassenger Positions

1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Dont let it get twisted.

Lap-Shoulder Belt The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly.If this happens, let the belt go back
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
belts. Heres howto wear one properly. more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

1-30
If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle, tilt the 3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle it. end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it issecure.
If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt
Extender at the end of this section. Make sure the
release button on the buckle is positioned so you
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if
you ever had to.

1-31
If you slid under it,
likely to slide under the lap belt.
the belt would applyforce at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif theres a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the beltvery quickly out of the retractor.

A CAUTIO7
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
The lap partof the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips,just touching the thighs.In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And youd less be

1-32
Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides for
Children and Small Adults
Rear shoulder belt comfort guides will provide added
safety belt comfortfor children who have outgrown
child restraints andfor small adults. When installedon a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide pulls the belt away
from the neck and head.
There is one guidefor each outside passenger position
in
the rear seat.To provide added safety belt
comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraintsand for
smaller adults,the comfort guides may be installed on
a comfort guide
the shoulder belts. Heres how to install
and use the safety belt:

To unlatch the belt,just push the button onthe buckle.

1-33
1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of 2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
the seatback and the interior body to remove the cord must be under the belt. Then, place the guide
guide from its storage clip. over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into
the slots of the guide.

1-34 ~~
3. Be sure that the beltis not twisted andit lies flat. 4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as
The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide described in RearSeat Outside Passenger Positions
on top. earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze the belt
edges together so that you can take them out from the
guides. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,
and then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotate the guide and
clip inward andin between the seatback and the interior
body, leaving only the loopof elastic cord exposed.
1-35
Center Passenger Position Lap Belt
-

When YOU sit in the center seating position, you have a


lap safety belt, which has no retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plateand pull it along the belt.

1-36
- -_
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. Neither
the distance traveled nor the age and of the traveler
size
changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints.
In fact, the law inevery state in the United States and
in
every Canadian province says children up to some age
must be restrained while in a vehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies

Children who are up against, or very close to, an


air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured or
To make the belt shorter, pull itsfree end as shown until killed. This is true even if your vehiclehas
the belt is snug. reduced-force frontalair bags. Air bags plus
Buckle, position and releaseit the same wayas the lap lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection for
part of a lap-shoulderbelt. If the belt isnt long enough, adults and older children, but not for young
see Safety Belt Extender at the end of this section. children and infants. Neither the vehicles safety
belt system norits air bag systemis designed for
Make surethe release button on the buckle is positioned
them. Young childrenand infants need the
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever hadto. protection that achild restraint systemcan provide.
Always secure children properly in your vehicle.

1-37
Infants need complete support, including support for the
head and neck. Thisis necessary because an infants
neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared
with the rest ofits body. In a crash, an infant in a
Smaller child1--A and babies should always be rear-facing restraint settles into the restraint,so the
restrained in a childor infant restraint. The crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part
instructions for the restraint will say whetherit is of the infants body, the back and shoulders. A baby
the right type and size for your child.A very should be secured inan appropriate infant restraint.
young childship bones are so small that a This is so important that many hospitals today wont
regular belt might not stay low on the hips,as it release a newborn infant to its parents unless there is an
should. Instead, the belt will likely be over the infant restraint available for the babys first trip in a
childs abdomen.In a crash, the belt would apply motor vehicle.
force right on the childs abdomen, which could
cause seriousor fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.

1-38
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in an infant restraint.

Never hold ababy in your arms while riding in a


--
vehicle. A baby doesnt weigh much until a
crash. During a crash a baby will becomeso
heavy you cant hold it.For example, in a crash
CAUTION: (Continued)

1-39
Child Restraints
Every time infants and young children ride in
vehicles, they should have protection provided by
appropriate restraints.
@ What are the different typesof add-on
child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints are available in four basic
types. When selecting a child restraint, take into
consideration not only the childs weight and size,
but also whether or not the restraint will be
compatible with the motor vehicle in which it
will be used.

An infant car bed (A) is a special bed made for use


in a motor vehicle. Its an infant restraint system
designed to restrain or position a child on a
continuous flat surface. With an infant car bed,
make sure that the infants head rests toward the
center of the vehicle.

1-40
A rear-facing infant restraint(B) positions an infant
to face the rearof the vehicle. Rear-facing infant
restraints are designedfor infants of up to about
20 lbs. (9 kg) and about one yearof age. This type
of restraint facesthe rear so that the infants head,
neck and body can have the support they need in a
crash. Some infant seats come in two parts -- the
base stays secured in the vehicle and the seat part
is removable.

1-41
A forward-facing child restraint(C-E) positions a
child upright to face forwardin the vehicle. These
forward-facing restraints are designed to help protect
children who are fiom 20 to40 lbs. (9 to 18 kg) and
about 26 to40 inches (66to 102 cm) in height, or up
to around four years of age. One type, a convertible
restraint, is designed to be used either as a rear-facing
infant seat or a forward-facing child seat.

1-42
A booster seat (F, G) is designed for children who
are about 40 to 60 lbs. (18 to 27 kg) and about
four to eight years of age. Its designed to improve
the fit of the vehicles safety belt system. Booster
seats with shields use lap-only belts; however,
booster seats without shields use lap-shoulder
belts. Booster seats can also help a child to see
out thewindow.

1-43
When choosing a child restraint, be sure the child
restraint is designed to be used in avehicle. If it is, it
will have a label saying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards.
A child ina rearfacing child rL,,raint can be
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You may seriously injured if the right front passengers air
find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in bag inflates, even though your vehicle has
your vehicle, but the child also has tobe secured within reduced-force frontal airbags. This is because
the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury. the back of a rearfacing child restraint would be
The instructions that come with the infant or child very closeto the inflating air bag. Always secure
restraint will show you how to do that. Both the owners a rearfacing child restraint in the rear seat.
manual and the child restraint instructions are important, You may, however, secure a forward-facing child
so if either one of these is not available, obtain a restraint in the right front seat, but before you
replacement copy from themanufacturer. do, always movethe front passenger seat as far
Where to Put the Restraint back as it will go. Its better to secure the child
restraint in a rear seat.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you putyour Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child
child restraint in the rear seat. Never put a rear-facing restraint properly.
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Heres why:
Keep in mind that anunsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.

1-44
Top Strap If your vehicle is not a convertible and you need to have
an anchor installed, you can ask your Chevrolet dealer to
put one in for you. If you want to install an anchor
yourself, your dealer can tell you how to do it.
Canadian law requires that child restraints have a top
strap, and that the strap be anchored.
If your child restraint has a top strap, your dealer can
obtain a kit with anchor hardware and installation
instructions specifically designed for this vehicle. The
dealer can then install the anchor for you. In Canada,
this work will be done foryou free of charge. Or, you
may install the anchor yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.

If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be


anchored. If you have a convertible, dont use a restraint
like that in your vehicle because the top strap anchor
cannot be installed properly. You shouldnt use this type
of restraint without anchoring the top strap.

1-45
Securing a Child Restraint ina Rear
Outside Seat Position

part
You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier
about the top strap if the child restraint has one. Be sure
to follow the instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the childin the child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
1. Put the restraint on the seat.
if needed.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or If the shoulder belt goesin frontof the child's faceor
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions neck, put it behind the child restraint.
will show youhow.

1-46
3. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is 4. To tighten the belt, pull up on the shoulder belt while
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the you push down on the child restraint. If youre using
safety belt quickly if you ever had to. a forward-facing child restraint, you may find it
helpful to use your knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
5. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.

1-47
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicles
safety belt and let itgo back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center
Rear Seat Position

Youll be using the lap belt. Be sure to follow the


instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure 1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch
the child in the child restraint when and as the plate and pulling it along the belt.
instructions say. 2. Put the restraint on the seat.
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child 3. Run the vehicles safety belt through or around the
restraint has one. restraint. The child restraint instructions will show
you how.

1-48
5 . To tighten the belt, pull its free end while you push
down on the child restraint.If youre using a
forward-facing child restraint,you may find it
helpful to use your knee to push down on the child
restraint asyou tighten the belt.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure is
it secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicles
safety belt. It will be readyto work for an adult or larger
child passenger.

4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is


positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever hadto.

1-49
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Youll be using the lap-shoulder belt.See the earlierpart
about the top strap if the child restraint has
one. Be sure
Front Seat Position to follow the instructions that
came with the child
and
restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when
as the instructions say.
1. Because your vehicle hasa right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat asfar back as it will go
before securing a forward-facing child restraint.
(See Seatsin the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat.
Your vehicle has a rightfront passenger air bag.Never 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Heres why: portions of the vehicles safety belt through or
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

I
A CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be
seriously injuredif the rightfront passengers air
bag inflates, even though your vehicle has
reduced-force frontal air bags. This is because
the backof a rearfacing child restraint would be
very close to the inflating
air bag. Always secure
a rearfacing child restraint in therear seat.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed. 4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
If the shoulder belt goes front
in of the childs face or positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
neck, put it behind the child restraint. safety belt quickly if you ever had to.

1-51
Larger Children

5. To tighten the belt, pull up on the shoulder belt while


you push down on the child restraint. You may find it
helpful to use your knee to push down on thechild
restraint as you tighten the belt. Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicles safety belts.
6 . Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to besure it is secure. If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicles get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-52
Accident statistics show that children are saferif they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need usetothe
safety belts properly.
Children who arent buckledup can be thrown out in Never do this.
a crash.
Here two childrenare wearing the same belt. The
Children who arent buckledup can strike other belt cant properlyspread the impact forces.In a
people who are. crash, the two children can be crushed together
and seriously injured.A belt must be used by
1 only one personat a time.

&= What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,


but the childis so small that the shoulder beltis
very closeto the childs faceor neck?
A: Move the child toward the centerof the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still
is on the childs
shoulder, so that ina crash the childs upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
. i: child is sittingin a rear seat outside position, see
Rear Safety BeltComfort Guides in the Index. If
the child isso small that the shoulder belt is still
very close to the childs face or neck,you might
want to place the child in the center seat position,
the one that has only a lap belt.

1-53
Never do this.
Here a child issitting in a seat that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part is behind
the child. Ifthe child wearsthe belt in this way, in
a crash the child might slideunder thebelt. The
belts force wouldthen be applied right on the
childs abdomen.That could causeserious or
fatal injuries.

Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt


should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the childs thighs. This applies belt force to the childs
pelvic bones in a crash.

1-54
Safety Belt Extender Replacing Restraint System Parts
If the vehicles safety belt will fasten around you,
you After a Crash
should use it. If youve had a crash, do you need new belts?
But if a safety belt isnt long enough fasten,
to your After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
dealer will orderyou an extender. Its free. When you go they would be if worn
But if the belts were stretched, as
in to order it, take the heaviestcoat you will wear, so the during a more severe crash, then you neednew belts.
extender will be long enoughfor you. The extender will
be just for you, andjust for the seat in your vehicle that If belts are cutor damaged, replace them. Collision
you choose. Dontlet someone else use it, and useit damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
only for the seatit is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it and repairs
or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts
to the regular safety belt. may be necessary even if the belt wasnt being used at
the time of the collision.
Checking Your Restraint Systems If an air bag inflates, youll need to replace air bag
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier
and
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors in this section.
anchorages are working properly.Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keepa safety belt system from
doing itsjob, have it repaired.
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ain
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)

1-55
,&I NOTES

1-56
b NOTES

1-57
b NOTES

1-58
0Section 2 Features and Controls

Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on your vehicle, and information on starting,
shifting and braking. Also explained are
the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell ifyou
everything is
working properly -- and what todo if you have a problem.
2-2 Keys 2-30 Parking Over Things That Burn
2-4 Door Locks 2-30 Engine Exhaust
2-6 Keyless Entry System (If Equipped) 2-3 1 Running Your Engine While Youre Parked
2-11 Theft (Automatic Transaxle)
2- 12 Passlock@ 2-32 Windows
2-13 New Vehicle Break-In 2-33 Tilt Wheel (If Equipped)
2- 13 Ignition Positions 2-33 Turn SignalMultifunction Lever
2- 15 Starting Your Engine 2-40 Exterior Lamps
2-18 Engine Coolant Heater (If Equipped) 2-43 Interior Lamps
2- 19 Automatic Transaxle Operation 2-45 Mirrors
2-24 Manual Transaxle Operation 2-47 Storage Compartments
2-26 Parking Brake 2-48 Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
2-27 Shifting Into PARK (P) 2-48 Sun Visors
(Automatic Transaxle Only) 2-49 Sunroof (If Equipped)
2-29 Shifting Outof Park (P) 2-49 Convertible Top (If Equipped)
(Automatic Transaxle) 2-60 Instrument Panel
2-29 Parking Your Vehicle 2-62 Instrument Panel Clusters
(Manual Transaxle Models Only) 2-65 Warning Lights, Indicators and Gages

2-1
Keys

Leaving young children in a vehicle with the


ignition key is dangerousfor many reasons.
A child or others could be badly injured or
even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don't
leave the keys ina vehicle with young children.

2-2
One key is for the Each tag has a code on it that tells your dealer or a
.. . ignition, the doors and qualified locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep the
all other locks. tag in a safe place. If you lose your key, you'll be able to
have a new one made easily using the tag.

NOTICE:
Your vehicle has a number of new features that
can help prevent theft. But you can have of a lot
trouble getting into your vehicle you
if ever lock
When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer removes the your key inside.You may even have to damage
key tag from the key, and gives it to the first owner. So be sure you have an
your vehicle to get in.
extra key.

2-3
Door Locks Use your key to unlock your vehicle from
the outside.
You can also use the optional remote keyless entry
system to unlock your vehicle. See Keyless Entry
/!\ CAUTION: System in the Index.
I
ITo lock the door from the
I Unlocked doors can be aangerous. --

inside, push the locking


Passengers -- especially children-- can easily lever forward.
open the doors and fall out. When a door is
locked, the inside handle wont open it.
Outsiders can easilyenter through an unlocked
door when you slow down or stop your vehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash if the doors arent locked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors,and you will be far To unlock the door, pull the locking lever rearward.
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
I

There are several waysto lock and unlock your vehicle.

2-4
Power Door Locks (If Equipped) Rear Door Security Lock (4-DoOr Models)
You can lockor unlock all Your vehicle is equipped
doors of your vehicle from with rear door security
the drivers or passengers locks that help prevent
door lock switch. passengers from opening
the rear doorsof your car
from the inside.

Push the lower portionof the switch to lock your To use one of these locks:
doors. Push the upper portionof the switch to unlock 1. Use a key to move the lock all the way up.
your doors.
2. Close the door.
The leveron each rear door works only that doors lock.
of the doors -- thats a
It wont lock (or unlock) all 3. Do the same thing to the other rear door lock.
safety feature.

2-5
The rear doors of your vehicle cannot be opened from Keyless EntrySystem (If Equipped)
the inside when this feature is in use. If you wantto
open a rear door when the security lock is on: If your vehicle has this option, you can lock and unlock
your doors or unlock your trunk from about 3 feet (1 m>
1. Unlock the door from the inside. up to 30 feet (9 m) away using the remote keyless entry
2. Then open the door from the outside. transmitter supplied with your vehicle.
If you dont cancel the security lock feature, adults or In addition, the system illuminates the interior lamps for
older children who ride in the rear wont be able to open a set period of time. The remote keyless entry system
the rear door from the inside. You should let adults and consists of a receiver, which is located in the vehicle,
older children know how to cancel the locks. and two hand held transmitters.
To cancel the rear door lock: Your keyless entry system
1. Unlock the door from the inside and open the door operates on a radio
from the outside. frequency subject to
Federal Communications
2. Use a key to move the lock all the way down. Commission (FCC) Rules
3. Do the same forthe other rear door. and with Industry Canada.
The rear door lock will nowwork normally.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, open your door and
set thelocks from the inside. Then get out and close
the door.

2-6
This device complies with Part15 of the FCC Rules. This system hasa range of about 3 feet (1 m) up to
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 30 feet (9 m). At times you may noticea decrease in
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, range. This is normalfor any remote keyless entry
and (2) this device must accept any interference system. If the transmitter does not work iforyou have
received, including interference thatmay cause to stand closer toyour vehicle for the transmitter to
undesired operation. work, try this:
This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Check to determine if battery replacement or
Canada. Operation is subject to the following two resynchronization is necessary. See the instructions
conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, that follow.
and (2) this device must accept any interference
Check the distance. You may be too far from your
received, including interference thatmay cause
vehicle. You may need to stand closer during rainy
undesired operation of the device.
or snowy weather.
Changes or modifications to this systemby other than an
Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be
authorized service facility could void authorization to
blocking the signal. Takea few steps to theleft or
use this equipment.
right, hold the transmitter higher, and try again.
If youre still having trouble, see your dealer or a
qualified technicianfor service.

2-7
Operation Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle
The following functions are available with the remote Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to
keyless entry system: prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.
If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be
LOCK: All doors will automatically lock when the
purchased through your dealer. Remember to bring any
LOCK button on the transmitter is pressed. The interior
remaining transmitters with you when you go to your
lamps stay on for two seconds afterall of the doors
dealer. When the dealer matchesthe replacement
are closed.
transmitter to your vehicle, any remaining transmitters
UNLOCK: The drivers door will unlock automatically must alsobe matched. Once your dealerhas coded the
when the UNLOCKbutton on the transmitter is pressed. new transmitter, the lost transmitter will not unlock your
If the UNLOCK button is pressed again within five vehicle. Each vehicle can have only two transmitters
seconds, all remaining doors will unlock. The interior matched to it.
lamps will stay on for 40 seconds or until the ignition is
You can match your transmitter to as many 1998 General
turned on.
Motors vehicles as you own, as long as they have the
Trunk Release: The trunk will unlock anytime when same remote keyless entry system. Contact your dealer
the vehicle symbol on the transmitter is pressed and for assistance with this.
the ignition is OFF.The interior lamps will come on
for 40 seconds or until the ignition switch is turned on.

2-8
Battery Replacement Replacing the Battery in the Keyless Entry
System Transmitter
Under normal use, the battery in your remote keyless
entry transmitter should last about two years.
You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter wont
work at thenormal range in any location. If you have to
get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works,
its probably time to change the battery.

NOTICE:
When replacing the battery, use care not to touch
any of the circuitry. Static from your body
transferred to these surfaces may damage the
transmitter.

To replace the battery in the transmitter:


1. Use a small coin or flathead screwdriver to separate
the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter.
2. Remove the battery and replace it with the new one.
Make sure the positive (+) side of the battery faces
down. For battery replacement, use a 3-volt battery,
type CR2032, or equivalent.
3. Read the instructions inside the case.

2-9
4. Put the two halves back together. Make sure the Trunk
cover is on tightly,so water wont get in.
5 . Check the operation of the transmitter with your
vehicle. Ifthe transmitter does not work, try
synchronizing the transmitter with the receiver.
Synchronization It can bedangerous to drive with the trunk lid
open becausecarbon monoxide (CO)gas can
Your remote keyless entry system is equipped with a come into your vehicle. You cant seeor smell
security system that prevents anyone from recording and CO. It can cause unconsciousnessand even death.
playing back your signal.The transmitter does not send
the same signal twice tothe receiver. The receiver will If you must drive with the trunk lid openor if
not respond toa signal that has been sent toit more electrical wiringor other cable connections must
than once. pass through the seal betweenthe body and the
trunk lid:
To resynchronize your transmitter and receiver, follow
these directions: Make sure all windows are shut.
0 Turn the fan on your heating or cooling
1. Stand close to your vehicle. system toits highest speed withthe setting
2. Press and hold theLOCK and UNLOCK buttons on on any airflow selection exceptMAX. That
the transmitter at the same time. will force outsideair into your vehicle. See
3. Hold the buttons for at least five seconds. During Comfort Controls inthe Index.
this time, the doors should lock and unlock once. 0 If you have air outlets on or under the
This confirms the resynchronization.If the doors do instrument panel, open them allthe way.
not lock and unlock, see your dealer for service. See Engine Exhaustin theIndex.

2-10
Remote Trunk Release(If Equipped) Key in the Ignition
Pull upward on the remote If you leave your vehiclewith the keys inside,its an
release handle, located on easy target forjoy riders or professional thieves -- so
the floor near the left sideof dont do it.
the drivers seat,to release When you park your vehicle and open the drivers door,
the trunk lid. youll hear a chime remindingyou to remove yourkey
from the ignition and take it with you. Always do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your
ignition. If you have an automatic transaxle, taking your
key out also locks yourtransaxle. And remember to lock
the doors.

Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
Theft vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities. Put them in a storage area, ortake them with you.
Although your vehiclehas a number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put on it can make it
impossible to steal. However, there are waysyou
can help.

2-11
Parking Lots During normal operation, the THEFT SYSTEM light
will go off after the engine
is started.
If you park in a lot where someone willbe watching
your vehicle, its best to lock
it up and take your keys. If the engine stalls and the THEFT SYSTEM light
But what ifyou have to leave your key? flashes, wait untilthe light stops flashing before trying
to restart the engine. Remember to release the key from
If possible, park in a busy, well lit area. the START position as soon as the engine starts.
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your If you are driving and the THEFT SYSTEM light
trunk or glove box. Be sure to close and lock the comes on, you will be able to restart the engine if you
storage area. turn the engine off. However, your Passlock system is
Close all windows. not working properly and must be servicedby your
dealer. Your vehicleis not protected by Passlock at this
Lock all the doors except the drivers.
time. You may also want to check the fuses (see Fuses
Passlock and Circuit Breakers in the Index). See your dealer
for service.
Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock
theft-deterrent system. If the THEFT SYSTEM light comes on while the engine
is running, a problem has been detected and the system
Passlock is a passive theft-deterrent system. The system may need service. See your dealer for service.
is armed once the key is removed from the ignition.
Passlock enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder
is In an emergency, call theChevrolet Roadside Assistance
If a correct key is not used, fuel Center at 1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872).
turned with a valid key.
is disabled. (In Canada call 1-800-268-6800.)

2-12
New Vehicle Break-In Ignition Positions
C
NOTICE:
Your vehicle doesnt needan elaborate
break-in. But it will perform betterin the long
run if you follow these guidelines:

--
--
a Dont drive at any one speed fast or
slow for the first 500 miles (805 km).
A
Dont make full-throttle starts.
a Avoid making hard stops for the first AL E
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings arent yet broken
in. Hard stops with new liningscan mean
premature wear and earlierreplacement. With the ignitionkey in the ignition switch, you can turn
Follow this breaking-in guideline every the switch to five positions:
time you get newbrake linings.
0 Dont tow a trailer duringbreak-in.
ACCESSORY (A): In this position, you can operate
your electricalpower accessories. Press in the ignition
See Towinga Trailer in the Index for
switch asyou turn it towardyou.
more information.
LOCK (B): This is the only position in which you can
remove the key. This locks your steering wheel, ignition
and transaxle.

2-13
OFF (C):This position unlocks the steering wheel,
ignition and transaxle, but does not send electrical
power to any accessories.The instrument cluster and the
automatic transaxle gear shift indicator have electrical
power while inOFF.Use this position if your vehicle On manual transaxle vehicles, turning the key to
must be pushed or towed, but never try to push-start LOCK will lock the steering column and result in
your vehicle. A warning chime will soundif you open a lossof ability to steer the vehicle. This could
the drivers door whenthe ignition is off and the key is cause a collision.If you needto turn the engine
in the ignition. off while the vehicle is moving, turn the key only
RUN (D): This is a position to which the switch returns to OFF. Dont press the key release button while
after you start your engine and release the switch. The the vehicle is moving.
switch stays inRUN when the engineis running. But
even when the engineis not running,you can useRUN
to operate your electrical power accessories, and to
display some instrument panel warning lights.
START (E): This position startsthe engine. When the
I NOTICE:
engine starts, release the
key. The ignition switch will If your key seemsstuck in LOCK and you cant
return to RUN for normal driving. turn it, be sure you are using the correct key; if
Note that even if the engine
is not running, the positions so, is it all the way in? If it is, then turn the
ACCESSORY and RUN areon positions that allowyou steering wheel leftand right while you turn the
to operate your electrical accessories, such as the radio. key hard. But turn the key onlywith your hand.
Using a toolto force it could break the key or the
ignition switch.If none of this works, then your
vehicle needs service.

2-14
Key Release Button (Manual Transaxle) Starting Your Engine
The ignition key cannot be Automatic Transaxle
removed from the ignition
unless the key release Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
button is used. Your engine wont start in any other position -- thats a
safety feature. To restart when youre already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.

NOTICE:
Dont try toshift to PARK (P) if your Chevrolet
is moving.If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift toPARK (P) only when your
To remove the key, turn the key to OFF. While pressing vehicle is stopped.
the key release button in, turn the key to LOCK. Pull the I
key straight out.
Manual Transaxle
The gearselector should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the
parking brake engaged. Hold the clutch pedal to the
floor and start the engine. Your vehicle wont start if
the clutch pedal is not all the way down -- thats a
safety feature.

2-15
$
Starting Your 2.2 Liter Engine
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your NOTICE:
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idlespeed will go down as your Your engineis designed to work with the
engine gets warm. electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical

r
parts oraccessories, you could changethe way
the engine operates. Beforeadding electrical
NOTICE: equipment, check withyour dealer. If you dont,
your engine might notperform properly.
Holding your key in START for longer than If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be the part of this manual that tells how to do it
drained much sooner. Andthe excessive heat can without damaging yourvehicle. See Towing
damage your starter motor. Your Vehiclein the Index.

2. If your engine still wont start (or starts but then


stops), it could be flooded with too much gasoline.
Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and holding it there as you hold the key in
START for about three seconds. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the same thing, but
this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds.
This clears the extra gasoline from the engine.

2-16
Starting Your 2.4 Liter Engine 3. If your engine still wont start (or starts but then stops),
it could be floodedwith too much gasoline.Try
1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn your pushing your acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor
ignition key toSTART. When the engine starts, let and holding it there as you hold the keyin START for
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your a maximurn of 15 seconds. This clears the extra
engine warmsup. gasoline from the engine. If the enginestill wont start
or starts briefly but then stops again, repeat step1 or 2,
NOTICE: depending on temperature. When the engine starts,
release the key and the accelerator pedal.
Holding yourkey in START for longer than
15 seconds at a timewill cause yourbattery to be NOTICE:
drained much sooner. Andthe excessive heat can
damage yourstarter motor. 1 Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
2. If the engine doesnt start right away, andthe if parts oraccessories, you could change the way
weather is very cold (below-20 F or -29 C), push the engine operates. Before adding electrical
the accelerator pedal about one-quarter of the way ~ equipment, check with your dealer. If you dont,
down whileyou turn the key to START. Do this your engine might not perform properly.
until the engine starts.As soon as it does, letgo If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
of the key. the part of this manualthat tells how to doit
without damaging your vehicle. See Towing.
Your Vehicle in the Index.

2-17
Engine Coolant Heater (If Equipped)

2.4L Engine
In very cold weather, 0O F (- 18 C) or colder, the engine
O
2.2L Engine coolant heater can help. Youll get easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,
the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of
four hours prior to starting your vehicle.

2-18
To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug
and store the cord as it was before to keepit away
1. Turn off the engine. from moving engine parts.If you dont, it could
2. Open the hood and unwrapthe electrical cord. On be damaged.
vehicles with a 2.2L engine, the electrical cordis How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
located near the engine oil dipstick.On vehicles in? The answer dependson the outside temperature, the
with a 2.4L engine, the electrical cordis located in kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead of
front of the engine coolant surge tank on the trying to list everything here,we ask that you contact
passengers side. your dealerin the area where youll be parking your
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advicefor that
particular area.
Automatic Transaxle Operation
Your vehicle may be equipped witha three-speed
Pluggmg me cord into an ungrounded outlet automatic or a four-speed automatic transaxle.The shift
could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong lever is located on the console between the seats.
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause There are six different positionsfor the shift lever on
a fire.You could be seriously injured. Plug the the three-speed automatic and seven positions for the
cord into a properly grounded three-prong four-speed automatic transaxles. While PARK (P),
110-volt AC outlet. If the cord wont reach, use a REVERSE (R) and NEUTRAL (N) operate identically
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for for both transaxles, the forward gear positions represent
at least 15 amps. different gearing and operation. See Forward Gears
(3-Speed) or Forward Gears (4-Speed) later
in this section.

2-19
PARK (P):This position locks your front wheels. Its
the best position touse when you start your engine
because yourvehicle cant move easily.

P R N D 2 I
e e e e e e
It is dangerous to getout of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not fully in PARK(P) with the
parking brakefirmly set.Your vehicle can roll.
Three-Speed Automatic Transaxle Dont leave your vehicle when the engine is
running unless you have to.If you have leftthe
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could beinjured. To be sure your
vehicle wont move, even when youre fairlyon
level ground, always set your parking brake and
P R N D 3 2 1 move the shift lever to PARK (P).
See Shifting Into PARK (P) in the Index. If
youre pulling atrailer, see Towing a Trailerin
the Index.

Four-Speed Automatic Transaxle

2-20
Ensure the shift leveris fully in PARK (P) range before NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine
starting the engine.Your vehicle has a brake-transaxle doesnt connect with the wheels. To restart when youre
shift interlock.You have to fully apply your regular already moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
brakes before you can shift fromPARK (P) when the NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.
ignition key is in RUN. If you cannot shift outof
PARK (P),ease pressure on the shift lever -- push the
shift lever all theway into PARK (P) and also release
the shift leverbutton on floor shift console models as
you maintain brake application. Then move the shift
lever intothe gear you wish. (Press the shift leverbutton Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while
before moving the shiftlever.) See Shifting Out of your engine isracing (running at high speed)is
PARK (P) in the Index. dangerous. Unlessyour foot isfirmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
REVERSE (R):Use this gearto back up.
rapidly. You could losecontrol and hitpeople or
objects. Dontshift out of PARK (P) or
NOTICE: NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.

Shifting to REVERSE (R) whileyour vehicle is


moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle
is stopped.
I NOTICE:
Damage to your transaxle caused by shifting out
To rock your vehicle backand forth to get outof snow, of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
ice or sand without damaging your transaxle, see racing isnt covered byyour warranty.
Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Iceor Snow in the Index.

2-21
Forward Gears (3-Speed) FIRST (1): This position givesyou even more
power (but lower fuel economy)than SECOND (2). You
DRIVE (D): This position is for normal driving. can use it on very steep hills,or in deep snow ormud. If
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but put in FIRST (l), the transaxle
the selector lever is
lower fuel economy.You can use SECOND (2) on hills. wont shift intofirst gear until the vehicle is going
It can help control your speed
as you go down steep slowly enough.
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
-
NOTICE: If your front wheels cant rotate, dont try to
I
drive. This might happen if you werestuck in
Dont drive in SECOND (2) for more than very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
25 miles (40 km), or at speeds over 55 mph object. You could damageyour transaxle. Also, if
(88 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle. you stop when going uphill, dont hold your
Use DRIVE @) as much as possible. Dont shift vehicle there with only the accelerator pedal. This
into SECOND (2) unless you are going slower could overheat and damage the transaxle. Use
than 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can damage your brakes or shift into PARK (P) to hold your
your engine. vehicle in position ona hill.

2-22
Forward Gears ($-Speed) SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy.You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D):This position is for go down steep
It can help control your speed as you
normal driving with the four-speed automatic transaxle. mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
If you need more powerfor passing, and youre: your brakes off and on.
Going less than about 35 mph (55 km/h), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
Going about 35 mph (55 km/h), push your
NOTICE:
accelerator all theway down.
Dont drive in SECOND (2) for more than
THIRD (3): This position is also used for normal 25 miles (40 km), or atspeeds over55 mph
driving, however, it offers more power and lower fuel (90 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle.
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(D). Here Use AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D)or
are some times you might choose THIRD(3) instead of
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D): THIRD (3) as much as possible. Dont shift into
SECOND (2) unless you are going slower than
0 When driving on hilly, winding roads. 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can damape
When going down a steep hill. your engine.

2-23
FIRST (1): This position gives you even more Manual Transaxle Operation
power (but lower fuel economy)than SECOND (2). You
can use it onvery steep hills, or in deep snowor mud.If
the selector leveris put in FIRST (l), the transaxle
wont shift into first gear
until the vehicle is going
slowly enough.

NOTICE:
If your front wheels cantrotate, dont try to
drive. This mighthappen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle. Also, if
you stop when going uphill, dont hold your I
vehicle there with onlythe accelerator pedal. This
could overheat and damage the transaxle. Use
This is your shift pattern.
your brakes or shift into PARK (P) to hold your
vehicle in position on a hill.
1 3 5

2 4 R
Heres how to operate your transaxle: REVERSE (R): To back up, press downthe clutch
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into pedal and shift into REVERSE(R). Let up on the clutch
FIRST (1). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as pedal slowly while pressingthe accelerator pedal.
you press the accelerator pedal. I I
You can shift into FIRST(1) when youre going less NOTICE:
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If youve come toa complete
stop and its hard to shift into FIRST(I), put the shift Shift to REVERSE(R) only after your vehicle is
lever in NEUTRAL(N) and let up onthe clutch. Press stopped. Shifting to REVERSE(R)while your
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST(1). vehicle is moving could damage your transaxle.
SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedal as you let up on
the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). Then,
slowly let up on the clutch pedalas you press the Also, use REVERSE (R), along with the parking brake,
accelerator pedal. for parking your vehicle.
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4) and FIFTH(5): Shift into Shift Speeds
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4) AND FIFTH (3,the same
way you dofor SECOND (2). Slowly let up on the
clutch pedal asyou press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up onthe accelerator pedal and press the
brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press
the If you skip more than one gear when you
clutch pedal andthe brake pedal, andshift to downshift, you could lose control of your vehicle.
NEUTRAL (N). And you could injure yourself or others. Dont
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start or shift from FIFTH( 5 ) to SECOND (2) or
idle your engine. FOURTH (4) to FIRST(1).

2-25
Up Shift Light (Manual Transaxle) Parking Brake
If you have a manual
transaxle, you have an
SHIFT light. This light
will show you when to shift

I SHIFT 1 to the next higher gear for


the best fuel economy.

When this light comeson, you can shift tothe next


higher gearif weather, road and traffic conditions let
you. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and
shift when the light comeson.
While you accelerate,it i! ormal for the light to
~

go on and off if you quickly changethe position


of the accelerator. Ignore the SHIFT light when
you downshift. The parking brake leveris located between the
bucket seats.
To set the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down andShifting Into PARK (P)
pull upon the parhng brake lever. If the ignition is on,
the brake system warning light will come on. (Automatic Transaxle Only)
To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down.
Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the
in as you move
release button. Hold the release button
the brake lever all the way down.
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever isnot fully in PARK (P) with the
NOTICE: parking brakefirmly set. Your vehiclecan roll. If
you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle can
Driving withthe parking brake on can cause move suddenly.You or others could beinjured.
your rear brakesto overheat. You may have to To be sure your vehicle wont move, even when
replace them, and you could alsodamage other youre on fairly level ground, use the steps that
parts of your vehicle. follow. If youre pullinga trailer, see Towinga
Trailer in the Index.

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the


parking
brake. .

2-27
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
Running (Automatic Transaxle Only)
I

AUTION:
--
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle withthe
engine running.Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK(P)
with the parking brakefirmly set. And,if you
leave the vehicle withthe engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You or others could
be injured. Dont leaveyour vehicle withthe
2. Move the shift lever into thePARK (P) position like engine running unless you have to.
this: Hold in thebutton on the lever, and push the L

lever allthe way toward the frontof your vehicle.


If you have to leave yourvehicle with the engine
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK. running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your
4. Remove the keyand take it with you. If you can parking brake is firmly set before you leave it.After
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your youve moved the shift lever intoPARK (P), hold the
hand, yourvehicle is in PARK (P). regular brake pedal down. Then, seeif you can move the
shift lever away from PARK (P) without first pushing
the button. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever
wasnt fully locked into PARK (P).

2-28
Torque Lock (Automatic Transaxle) If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shift lever -- push the shift lever all the
way into
If you are parkingon a hill and you dont shift your PARK (P), as you maintain brake application. Then
transaxle intoPARK (P) properly, the weightof the move the shift lever into the gear you wish. (Pressthe
vehicle may put too much forceon the parkingpawl in shift leverbutton before moving the shiftlever.)
the transaxle. You may find it difficult topull the shift
lever outof PARK (P). This is called torquelock. To If you ever hold the brakepedal down butstill cant
prevent torque lock, setthe parking brake and then shift shift outof PARK (P), try this:
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the drivers 1. Turn the key to OFF.
seat. To find out how, see Shifting Into PARK (P) in
the Index. 2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out
of 3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
PARK (P) before you release the parkingbrake. 4. Start the vehicleand then shift to the drive gear
If torque lock doesoccur, you may need to have another you want.
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take someof the 5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
pressure from the parkingpawl in the transaxle,so you
can pull the shift lever outof PARK (P). Parking Your Vehicle
Shifting Out of PARK (P) (Manual Transaxle Models Only)
(Automatic Transaxle) Before you get outof your vehicle, put your manual
transaxle in REVERSE (R)and firmly apply the
Your vehicle has a brake-transaxle shift interlock.You parking brake.
have to fully apply your regular brakesbefore you can
shift fromPARK (P) when the ignition isin the RUN
position. See Automatic Transaxle in the Index.

2-29
Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust

Engine exhaust can kill. It contains the gas


carbon monoxide (CO),which you can't seeor
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
0 Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
Your vehicle getsrusty underneath.
0 Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points on the road or over road debris.
Repairs weren't done correctly.
0 Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into
your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out anyCO; and
0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While Youre
Parked (Automatic Transaxle)
Its better not to park with the engine running. But if you
ever have to, here are some things to know. It can bedangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever isnot fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
Dont leave your vehicle whenthe engine is
I running unless you have to.If youve left the
Idling the engine withthe climate control engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
system off could allowdangerous exhaust into You or others could beinjured. To be sure your
your vehicle (seethe earlier Caution under vehicle wont move, even when youre on fairly
Engine Exhaust). level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever to PARK (P).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO)into your vehicle evenif
the fan switch isat the highest setting. One place Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle wont
--
this can happen is a garage.Exhaust with move. See Shifting Into PARK (P) in the Index.
--
CO can come in easily.NEVER park in a If you are parking on a hill and if youre pulling a
garage with the engine running. trailer, also see Towing a Trailer in the Index.
Another closed-in placecan be a blizzard.
(See Blizzardin the Index.)

2-31
Windows The drivers window switch has an auto-down feature.
The drivers window can be opened to the desired
On a vehicle with manual windows, use the window amount by pushing the rearof the switch to the first
crank to open and close eachwindow. detent. For the auto-down feature, push the rear of the
switch all the way down. The window will continue
Power Windows (If Equipped) going down until fully opened.
To stop the window while it is lowering,briefly press
the switch forward, then release.
To raise the window, press and hold the switch forward.
Jmkout Switch
fiour-door moclels also have a lockout switch. Press it to
disable the rear passengers power window switches.
This will prevent rear passengers from opening and
closing the windows. The driver canstill control all
windows with the switch in the lock position.
Press the lockout button again to enable thepassengers
window switches.
Horn
With power windows, switches on the center console
control each of the windows when the ignition is on. In You can sound the horn by pressing the center of your
addition, in four-door models, each rearpassenger door steering wheel near the horn symbols.
has a control switch for its ownwindow.

2-32
Tilt Wheel (If Equipped) lhrn SignaVMultifunction Lever

. .
:. .
.. ..._..

A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering The lever on the left side of the steering column
wheel before you drive. You can also raise it to the includes your:
highest level to give your legs moreroom when you exit 0 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
and enter the vehicle.
0 Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
To tilt the wheel, holdthe steering wheel and pull the
lever. Move the steering wheel to a comfortable level, 0 Cruise Control (If Equipped)
then release the lever to lock the wheel in place.

2-33
lhrn Signal andLane Change Indicator If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the arrows dont go on at all when you
The turn signal has twoupward (for right) and two signal a turn, check the fuse (see Fuses and Circuit
downward (forleft) positions. These positions allow you Breakers in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.
to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down. Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
When the turn is finished, the leverwill return To change the headlamps from low beam to highor high
automatically. beam to low, pull the turn signal leverall the way
I I toward you. Then release it.
An arrow on the instrument

Q
panel will flash in the When the high beams
direction of the turn or are on, thislight on the
lane change. instrument panel will
also be on.

To signal a lane change, just raise or lowerthe lever


until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change.The lever will return by Flash-To-Pass
itself when you release it. This feature letsyou use your high-beam headlamps to
As you signal a turn or a lane change,if the arrows dont signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass.
flash rapidly, a signal bulb may be burned out and other To use it, pull the turn signal/multifunction lever toward
drivers wont see your turn signal. you until the high-beam headlamps come on, then
release the lever toturn them off.

2-34
Windshield Wipers If your vehicle is equipped with variable delay, you can
set the wiper speed for a longor short interval between
wipes. This can be very useful.
Move the stalk to DELAY, then rotate the inner band
and choose the delay you want. Rotate the innerband up
for a shorterinterval between wiper cycles. Rotate the
band down fora longer interval between wiper cycles.
1
A
If your vehicle is equippedwith fixed delay, you can use
this functionby moving the stalk to DELAY.
Remember that damaged wiper blades may prevent you
from seeing well enough to drive safely. To avoid
damage, be sure to clear iceand snow from the wiper
blades before usingthem. If they're frozen tothe
windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. If your
blades do become damaged, get new blades or
You control the windshield wipers by moving the stalk blade inserts.
with the windshield wiper symbol on it up or down. Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers. A circuit
For a single wiper cycle, push the stalk down to MIST, breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clearaway
then release it. The wipers will stop after onecycle. For snow or ice to prevent an overload.
more cycles, hold the wiper stalk down longer.
For steady wiping at low speed, move thewiper stalk
up to the (1). For high-speed wiping, move the stalkup
to (2). To stop thewiper, move the stalk to OFF.

2-35
Windshield Washer Cruise Control (If Equipped)
To wash your windshield, pull the stalk with thewiper
symbol onit toward you one time.When you release the 1
stalk, the washers will stop.The wipers continue wiping
for approximately three cycles and will either stop or
will resume the speed you were using before.
I

I ,A CAUTIGk
In freezing weather, don't use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form iceon the windshield, blocking
your vision.
I I

With cruise control, you can maintain a speedof about


25 mph (40 kmk)or more without keeping your foot on
the accelerator. This can really help on long trips. Cruise
control does notwork at speeds below about25 mph
(40 W h ) .
When you apply your brakes, or the clutch pedalyou if
have a manual transaxle, the cruise control shuts
off.

2-36
1. Move the cruise control switch toON.
2. Get up to the speed you want.

Cruise control can be dangerous where you


cant drive safely at a steady speed. So,
dont use your cruise control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes
in tiretraction can cause needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Dont
use cruise control on slippery roads.

Setting Cruise Control

3. Push the SET button at the endof the lever and


release it.

If you leaveyour cruise control switch on when 4. Take your footoff the accelerator pedal.
youre not usingcruise, you might hit a button
and go into cruise when you dontwant to. You
could bestartled andeven lose control. Keep the
cruise control switch off until you want to use it.

2-37
Resuming a Set Speed Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
Suppose you set your cruise control ata desired speed There are two ways togo to a higher speed:
and then you apply the brake or clutch pedal. This,
of 0 Use the accelerator pedal toget to a higher speed.
course, shutsoff the cruise control. But
you dont need Push the SET button at the endof the lever, then
to reset it. Once youre going about 25 mph (40 km/h) release the button and the accelerator pedal. Youll
or more, you can move the cruise control switch from now cruise at the higher speed.
ON to RIA for about a half second.
Move the cruise control switchfrom ON to WA.
Youll go right back up to your chosen speed and Hold it there until you get up the
to speed you want,
stay there. and then releasethe switch. To increase your speed
If you hold the switch atR/A longer than a half second, in very small amounts, move the switch to R/A for
the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the less than a half a second and then release
it. Each
So unless you
switch or apply the brake or clutch pedal. time you do this, your vehicle will go about1 mph
want togo faster, dont hold the switch WA.
at (1.6 km/h) faster.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the button at the endof the lever until you
reach the lower speed you want, then release it.
To slow down in very small amounts, push the
button for less than half a second. Each time you do
this, youll go about1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.

2-38
-
Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control Ending Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedalto increase your speed. When There are several ways to turn off the cruise control:
you take your footoff the pedal, your vehicle will slow Step lightly on the brake pedal, or push the clutch
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier. pedal, if you have a manual transaxle, OR
Using Cruise Control on Hills Move the cruise switch to OFF.
How well your cruise control will work on hills depends Erasing CruiseSpeed Memory
upon your speed, load and the steepness of the hills.
When going upsteep hills, you may have to step on the When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition,
accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going your cruise control set speed memory is erased.
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down.Of course, applying the brake
or clutch pedal takes you out of cruise control. Many
drivers find thistoo much trouble and dont usecruise
control on steep hills.

2-39
Exterior Lamps Headlamps
This position will turn on the following:
Headlamps
Parking Lamps
0 Sidemarker Lamps
Taillamps
0 Instrument Panel Lights
Turn the band to the right all the way to turn the
lamps off.
Lamps On Reminder
If you open the drivers door with the ignition off and
the lamps on,you will hear a warning chime.
The band on the turn signal/multifunction lever controls
your vehicles lamps. Daytime Running Lamps(If Equipped)
Parking Lamps Daytime Running Lamps(Dm)can make it easier for
others tosee the front of your vehicle during the day.
PC This position will turn on the following: DRL can be helpful in many different driving
0 Parking Lamps conditions, butthey can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and beforesunset.
SidemarkerLamps
0 Taillamps
0 Instrument Panel Lights

2-40
The DRLsystem will make your high-beam headlamps When the DRL are on, only your high-beam headlamps
come on at reduced brightness in daylight when: will be on at reduced brightness. The taillamps,
0 The ignition is on with the engine running, sidemarker and other lamps wont be on. Your
instrument panel wont be lit up either.
The headlamp switch is OFF,
When you turn on the headlamp switch, your high-beam
0 The parking brake is released and headlamps will go out, and your headlamps will come
0 The transaxle is not in PARK (P) on models with an on. Theother lamps that come on with your headlamps
automatic transaxle. will also come on.
When you turn off the headlamp switch, the regular
This indicator light on your lamps will go off, and your high-beam headlamps will
instrument panel comes on come on at reduced brightness.
when the DRL are on.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you need it.
A flashing DRL telltale indicates a possible burned out
headlamp, or that the vehicle may need service to repair
a stuck DRL relay.

2-41
Fog Lamps (If Equipped) The switch for your fog lamps is next to the instrument
panel intensity control.
Push the top of the switch to turn the fog lamps on. Push
the bottom of the switch to turn the fog lamps off.
When using fog lamps, the parking lamps or low-beam
headlamps must be on.
Fog lamps will go off whenever the high-beam
headlamps come on. When the high-beam headlamps
go off, the fog lamps will come on again.

Use your fog lamps for bettervision in foggy or


misty conditions.

2-42
Interior Lamps Illuminated Entry
When you open either frontdoor, or open a rear door,
Instrument Panel Intensity Control the lamps inside your vehiclewill go on. These lamps
will fade off after about40 seconds, or when the ignition
is turned on after all the doors have been closed.
If the ignition hasbeen off for less than two minutes,
the lamps inside your vehiclewill stay on for about
15 seconds to providean illuminated exitwhen you
remove the key from the ignition.
After you exit the vehicle and all of the doors havebeen
closed, the lampswill stay on foran additional four
seconds before fadingoff. These lamps will also go on
when you press the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the
optional keyless entrytransmitter.

You can brighten or dim the instrument panel lights by


turning the dial up or down.
Turn the dial up all the way to turn on the interior
courtesy lamps.

2-43
Front Reading Lamps (IfEquipped) Battery Saver
Your vehicle is equipped with a battery saver feature
designed to protect your vehicles battery.
When any interior lamp (trunk, reading, dome, glove
box, etc.) is left on and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system will automatically
turn the lamp off after 20 minutes. This will avoid
....
.
draining the battery. This system does not protect
against leaving on the headlamps.
To reactivate the interior lamps, either:
0 The ignition must be turned on,
0 The activated lamp switch must be turned off, then
on, OR
A front door must be opened.
These lamps are located on the rearview mirror. Turn
The battery rundown protection feature will also be
each one on and off by pressing its switch.
activated when any door is left open.
Map Lamps(If Equipped)
These lamps are located forward of the dome lamp. To
turn the lamps on, press the switch. Press the switch
again to turn them off.

2-44
Mirrors Manual Remote Control Mirror
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror The outside rearview mirror
should be adjusted so you
can just see the sideof
your vehicle when you are
sitting in a comfortable
driving position.

Adjust the drivers side outsidemirror with the control


lever on the drivers door.
To adjust yourpassengers side mirror, sit in the drivers
To reduce glare from lampsbehind you, move the lever seat and have a passenger adjustthe mirror for you.
toward you to the night position. The mirror is a spring-loaded breakaway design.

2-45
Power Remote Control Mirrors Convex Outside Mirror
(If Equipped) Your passengers side mirror is convex, A convex
mirrors surface is curved so you can see more from the
The mirror controlis
drivers seat.
located on the drivers
door. Rotate the control to
the right or to the left to
choose themirror you want
to adjust.
F
A
L
CA TION:
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
Then move thecontrol in the direction you want the changing lanes.
mirror to move. Adjust eachmirror so you can just see
the sideof your vehicle when you are sitting ain
comfortable driving position.
The mirror is a spring-loaded breakaway design.

2-46
Storage Compartments Center Console Cupholders
Open the center consolelid all the way to uncover the
Center Console Storage Area front and rear cupholders. There is also
a cupholder at
the front of the console.
Convenience Net (If Equipped)
Your vehicle may havea convenience net.Youll see it
just inside the backwall of the trunk. Put small loads,
like grocery bags, behind the net. It can help keep them
from falling over during sharpturns or quick startsand
stops. Unclipa corner of the convenience net to fit
larger objects behind the net,then re-clip it to secure
them inplace.
The net isnt for larger, heavier loads. Store them in
the
trunk as far forward as you can.
You can unhook the net so that it will lie flatwhen
youre not using it.
To open the center console, pull the lift lever up and the
lid back.
To close the center console, push thelid down until
it clicks.

2-47
Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
To use the lighter, just push it in all the way and let go.
When its ready, it will pop back out by itself.
Dont put papers and otherthings that burninto

I NOTICE: your ashtrays. If you do, cigarettes or other


smoking materials could set them on fire,
causing damage.
Dont hold acigarette lighter in with your hand
while it is heating. If you do,it wont be able to Sun Visors
back awayfrom the heating element when its
ready. That can makeit overheat, damaging the To block out glare, you can swing down the visors. You
lighter and the heating element. can also swing them to the side.

To clean the front ashtray, push down on the snuffer


plate, lift the ashtray out then empty it.
To clean the rear ashtray, open it, push down on the
snuffer, and pull it out.

2-48
Sunroof (If Equipped) Convertible Top (If Equipped)
of
Press and release the rear of your
The following steps explain the proper operation
the switch and the glass convertible top.
panel will open to the
vent position.
NOTICE:
0 Remove any itemsfrom the convertible top
storage area before you lowerthe top. Even
small items inthe storage area candamage
the top or other partsof the system.
0 Dont raise or lower the convertible top
when the temperature is below 20F
(-7C). The cold can cause cracks and
Open the sunshade by hand when using the other damage to the topas it is being
vent position.
lowered or raised.
Press and release therear of the switch again to open the 0 Dont raise or lower the convertible top
of the
glass panel and the sunshade. Press the front while the vehicle is moving.The wind
switch to stop the panel in any position. could damage the top. Bring the vehicle
of the switchto close the glass
Press and hold the front to a complete stop before attempting to
panel. The sunshade can only be closed by hand. raise or lower the top. Always make sure
The sunroof glass panel cannot be openedor closed if that the top is securelylatched before
your vehicle has an electrical failure. driving the vehicle.

2-49
Lowering Your Convertible Top
1. Set the parking brake and shift your automatic
transaxle to PARK (P) or your manual transaxle to
NEUTRAL (N).
2. Turn the ignition to RUN.
3. Lower the side door windows to avoid wear to
the weatherstrips.
4. Push the button in the latch handle and turn the
handle down to unhook thelatch pins from theholes
over the windshield.

5. Pull the latch handle rearward away from the


windshield and hold it until the convertible top is
fully lowered.

2-50
Installing theBoot

6. Rotate the latch handleup to the locked position.


1. From inside the vehicle, pull the tab on the rear seat
to fold down the seat. See Fold-Down Rear Seat
in
the Index.
2. Open the trunk and remove both boot side covers.
Leave the trunk open.

2-51
3. Install the boot side cover by inserting the tab (A) on 4. Attach the two snaps on the inside flap of the side
the undersideof the cover intothe slot (B) at the top cover tothe top of the quarter trim panel. Attach the
of the quarter trim panel. Placethe rear flap of the front snap(E) fist and then the rear snap (F).The
boot side cover inthe trunk lid opening, aligning the rear snapis adjustable for ease of installation.
eyelet (C) over the boot snapball stud (D).

2-52
5. Pull the boot center cover from behind the rear 6. Go to the rear of the vehicle. Place the boot center
seatback and place it over the inner sides of the boot cover along the trunk lid opening. Align one snap on
side covers and the lowered top. the corner of the boot to the ball stud and push
forward. Repeat for other snap.
7. Close the trunk lid.
8. Raise the rear seatback to the up position. Push the
seat back to make sure itis latched.

2-53
Removing the Boot
1. Set the parking brake andshift your automatic
transaxle to PARK (P) or your manual transaxle to
NEUTRAL (N).
2. Open the trunk and leave it open.

seatback hinge.
3. From inside the vehicle, fold down the rear seatback.
See Fold-Down Rear Seat in the Index.
6. Lift the side cover eyelet (C) at the rear
of the side
5. Unsnap both boot side cover snaps(E and F) from boot cover from the snap ball stud (D). Raise the
the side of the quarter trim panel. back of the boot side cover to unhook the (A) tab
from the slot(B) in the quarter trim panel. Do the
same on the other side.
7. Store both boot side covers inthe trunk.
8. Close the trunk.
9. Raise the rear seatback to the up position. Push the seat
back to make sure it is latched. Ensure that the rear
seatbelts do not become trapped behind the rear seats.
2-55
Raising the ConvertibleTop 4. Push the button in the latch handle and rotate the
handle down.
1. Set the parking brake and shift your automatic
transaxle to PARK (P) or your manual transaxle to 5. Push the handle forward toward the windshield and
NEUTRAL (N). hold it until the convertible top is fully raised, and
the latch pins are all the way in the holes above
2. Turn the ignition to RUN. the windshield.
3. Lower the door windows to avoid wear to
the weatherstrips.

6. Turn the latch handle up to lock the top. Be sure the


top is securely latched on both sides.

2-56
Lowering the Top Manually 1. Set the parking brake and shift your automatic
transaxle toPARK (P) or your manual transaxle to
NEUTRAL (N). Turn the engineoff.
NOTICE: 2. Push the button in the latch handle and rotate the
handle down.
Do not attempt to lower the top manually as
If the top fails to
damage to the vehicle will occur. 3. Open the trunk.
raise or lower completely, see Raising the Top
Manually following.

Raising the Top Manually


If your vehicle loses power, or somethingelse happens
that prevents you from raisingthe top electrically, you
may need to raise the top manually. This will allow you
to safely drive the vehicle until you can get the top
repaired. Raising the convertible top manually should
only be donein an emergency and requires two people.
Before you do these steps, check to make sure that the
bypass switch in the trunk is switched up to the
NORMAL OPERATION position.If it is not, switch it
to the NORMAL OPERATION position and seeif the
power top works.
Convertible Bypass Switch

2-57
4. Press the bypass switch downto the EMERGENCY
OVERRIDE position. The switch is located under
the shelf panelon the drivers side in the trunk.
5 . Remove the top bootas described in Steps1 through
9 in Removing the Boot earlier in this section.
6. Lower the door windows completely.If the power
windows do not work, leave the doors open.
7. Position one person on eachside of the vehicle.
Carefully liftthe top by grasping the front corners
of
the top, not the linkage.

NOTICE:
Do not attempt to force the top up if it does not
move freely. The topor its linkage can be
damaged. Make sure both sides are being lifted 8. Raise the top until it is all the way up. Line up the
together to avoid twisting. See your dealer if you top so the pins are even with the holes.
still cant move the top easily.

2-58
9. Pull down on the top and rotate the latch handleup
to lock the convertible top. Be sure the top is
latched securely on both sides.
10. Press the bypass switch up to the NORMAL
OPERATION position.
11. Close the trunk.

2-59
2-60
Your instrument panel is designed to let you knowa glance
at how your vehicleis running. Youll know how fast
youre going,how much fuel isleft in the tank, and many other things youll need to drive safely and economically,
The main components of your instrument panel are:
1. Instrument Panel Intensity Control 7. Climate Controls and Rear Window Defogger
2. Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever 8. Ashtray
3. Hazard Warning Flashers Switch 9. Parking Brake Lever
4. IgnitionSwitch 10. Tilt Steering Wheel Lever(If Equipped)
5. Windshield Wiperwasher Controls 11. Hood Release Lever
6. AudioSystem 12. Fuse Panel

2-61
Instrument Panel Clusters

Standard Cluster
Your vehicle is equipped with one of these instrument panel clusters, which include indicatorwarning lights and
gages that are explained on the following pages. Be sure to read about those that apply to the instrument panel cluster
for yourvehicle.

2-62
APPLY BRAKETO
P R N D 3 2 1 SHIFT FROMPARK

Optional Cluster

2-63
Speedometer and Odometer Trip Odometer (If Equipped)
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles you how far your vehicle
The trip odometer can tell
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your has been driven since you last reset the trip odometer
odometer showshow far your vehicle has been driven, to zero.
in either miles (used
in the United States)or kilometers Your vehicle may be equipped with either a mechanical
(used in Canada). or digital trip odometer.The reset button is located near
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a the odometer.
new odometer installed. On a digital odometer, you can press the button to
If the new one can beset to the mileage totalof the alternate between the season odometer and the trip
odometer. To reset the trip odometer, press and hold
old odometer, thenit must be. Butif it cant, then its set
at zero and a label must be put the
on drivers door to the reset buttonfor one to two seconds.
show the old mileage reading when the new odometer To reset the trip odometer on a mechanical odometer,
was installed. just press the reset button.

2-64
Iachometer (If Equipped) Warning lights and gages can signal that somethingis
wrong beforeit becomes serious enough to cause an
The tachometer displaysthe expensive repairor replacement. Paying attentionto
engine speedin revolutions your warning lights and gages couldalso save you or
per minute (rpm). others from injury.
Warning lights come on when there may beisora
problem with one of your vehicles functions.As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come on briefly when you start the
engine just to let you know theyre working.If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or isa problem
I NOTICE: with one of your vehicles functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together tolet you know when
theres a problem with your vehicle.
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
the red area, or engine damage may occur. when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators what to do about it. Please follow this manuals advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
This part describes the warning lights and gages that dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
may be on your vehicle.The pictures will help you and gages. Theyre a big help.
locate them.

2-65
Safety Belt Reminder Light Air Bag Readiness Light
When the key is turned to RUN or START, a chime will There is an air bag readiness lighton the instrument
come onfor about eight seconds to remind people to panel, which showsAIR BAG. The system checks the
fasten their safety belts, unless the drivers safety isbelt air bags electrical systemfor malfunctions. The light
already buckled. tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes the air bag sensor, the air bag modules,
The safety belt light will the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module.
also come on and stay on For more information on the air bag system, see Air
for about 20 seconds, Bag in the Index.
then it will flash for about
55 seconds. This light will come on
when you start your engine,
AIR and it will flash for a few
seconds. Then the light
If the drivers belt is already buckled, neither the chime BAG should go out. This means
nor the light will come on. the system is ready.

If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start


the
engine or comes on when you are driving, your air bag
system may not work properly. Have your vehicle
serviced right away.
The air bag readiness light should flash
for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition keyRUN. to If the
light doesnt comeon then, haveit fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.

2-66
Charging System Light Brake System Warning Light
The charging system light Your vehicles hydraulic brake system is divided into
will come on briefly when two parts.If one part isnt working, the other part can
you turn on the ignition, still work and stop you. For good braking, though, you
and the engine is not need both parts working well.
running, as a check to show If the warning light comeson, there is a brake problem.
you it is working. Have your brake system inspected right away.
This light should come
Then it should go out when the engineis started. on briefly when youturn
BRAKE the ignition key toRUN. If
If it stays on, or comes on while you are driving,
you may have a problem with the electrical charging it doesnt come on then,
system. It could indicate that you havea loose generator have it fixedso it will be
drive belt, or another electrical problem. Have it ready to warn you if theres
checked right away. Driving while this light is on could 3 a problem.
drain your battery.
If the light comes on while you are driving, off pullthe
If you must drive a short distance with the light on, be road and stop carefully.You may notice thatthe pedal is
certain to turnoff all your accessories, such as the radio harder to push. Or, the pedal maygo closer to the floor.
and air conditioner. It may take longer to stop.If the lightis still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. (See Towing Your Vehicle
in the Index.)

2-67
Anti-Lock BrakeSystem Warning Light
I With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will come
Your brake system maynot be working properly on when you start your
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving engine and it will stay
with the brake system warning light on can lead on forthree seconds.
to an accident.If the light is still on after youve Thats normal.
pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have
the vehicle towed for service.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition to OFF. Or, if the
light comes on when youre driving, stop as soon as
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light possible and turn the ignition off. Then start the engine
will also come on when you set your parking brake. The again to reset the system. If the light still stays on, or
light will stay on if your parking brake doesnt release comes on again while youre driving, your vehicle needs
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully service. If the regular brake system warning light isnt
released, it means you have a brake problem. on, you still have brakes, but you dont have anti-lock
brakes. If the regular brake system warning light is also
on, you dont have anti-lock brakes and theres a
problem with your regular brakes. See Brake System
Warning Light earlier in this section.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turnthe ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesnt come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.

2-68
Enhanced Traction System Warning Light The Enhanced Traction System warning light may come
(If Equipped) on forthe following reasons:
0 If you turn the system off by moving the shift lever
With the Enhanced Traction to FIRST (1) or SECOND (2), the warning light will
System (ETS), this warning come on and stay on. To turn the system back on,
ETS light should come onbriefly move the shift lever back to a position other than
as you start the engine.
OFF FIRST (1) or SECOND (2). The warning light
should go off. (See Enhanced Traction System in
the Index for more information.)
a The warning light will come on when you set your
If the warning light doesnt come onthen, have it fixed parking brake with the engine running, and it will
so it will be ready to warn you if theres a problem. stay on if your parking brake doesnt release fully.
If the transaxle shift lever is in any position other
If the warning light stays on, or comes on when youre than FIRST (1) or SECOND (2) and the warning
driving, there may be a problem with your Enhanced light stays on after your parking brake is fully
Traction System and your vehicle may need service. released, it means theres a problem with the system.
When this warning light is on, the system will not limit
wheel spin. Adjust your driving accordingly. 0 If the traction control system is affected by an
engine-related problem, the system will turn off and
the warning light will come on.
If the Enhanced Traction System warning light comes
on and stays on for an extended period of time when
the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than
FIRST (1) or SECOND ( 2 )your vehicle needs service.

2-69
Enhanced Traction System Active Light Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
When your Enhanced
Traction System is limiting
LOW wheel spin, this light will
TRAC
come on.
9H
TEMP

if the Enhanced
Slippery road conditions may exist
so adjust your
Traction System active light comes on,
driving accordingly.
The light will stay on
for a few seconds afterthe Your vehicle is equipped with one of these gages.
Enhanced Traction Systemstops limiting wheel spin. With the ignition inRUN,this gage showsthe engine
coolant temperature.
The Enhanced Traction System active light also comes
on briefly when youturn the ignition key to RUN. If the If the gage pointer moves into the red area, your engine
light doesnt come on then, haveit fixed so it will be is too hot! It means that your engine coolant has
there to tell you when the system is active. overheated. If you have been operating your vehicle
under normal driving conditions, you should pull off the
off the engine as soon
road, stop your vehicle and turn
as possible.
In Problems on the Road, this manual shows what to
do. See Engine Overheating in the Index.

2-70
Low Coolant Warning Light This system is calledOBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
If this light comes on and assure that emissions are at acceptable levels
for
stays on, your systemis low the life of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
on coolant and the engine environment. The CHECK ENGINE light comeson to
may overheat. indicate that there is a problem and service is required.
Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system
before any problem is apparent. This may prevent more
serious damage to your vehicle. This system is also
designed to assist your service technician in correctly
See Engine Coolant inthe Index and have your diagnosing any malfunction.
vehicle servicedas soon as you can.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp NOTICE:
(Check Engine Light)
Your vehicle is equipped
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
with a computer which on, after a while, your emission controls
may not
monitors operationof the work as well, your fuel economy may not beas
fuel, ignition and emission good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
CHECK control systems. This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.

2-71
This light should come on, as a check to show you it is If the LightIs Flashing
working, when the ignition is on and the engine is not The followingmay prevent more serious damage to
running. If the light doesnt comeon, have it repaired. your vehicle:
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
of two ways: Reducing vehicle speed.
0 Light Flashing-- A misfire condition has been 0 Avoidinghardaccelerations.
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and 0 Avoiding steep uphill grades.
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amountof
and servicemay be required. cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible.
0 Light On Steady-- An emission control system If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, seeIf
malfunction has been detectedon your vehicle. the Light Is On Steady following.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to doso,
service may be required. stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.
Turn the keyoff, wait at least10 seconds and restart the
engine. If the light remains on steady, see If the Light
Is On Steady following. Ifthe light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your
dealer or qualified service center for service.

2-72
If the LightIs On Steady of fuel?
Have you recently changed brands
You may be able to correct the emission system If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
malfunction by consideringthe following: Fuel in the Index). Poorfuel quality will cause your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed. You may
Did you recently putfuel into your vehicle?
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
the cap. The diagnostic system can determineif the fuel acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
cap has been left off or improperly installed.A loose or conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)
missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporateinto the This will be detected by the system and cause the light
atmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properly to turn on.
installed should turn the light off.
If you experience one or moreof these conditions,
Did youjust drive througha deep puddleof water? change thefuel brand you use. It will require at least one
If so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition full tank of the proper fuel toturn the light off.
will usually be corrected when the electrical system If none of the above steps have madethe light turn off,
dries out.A few driving trips should turn the light off. have your dealeror qualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools tofix any mechanical or electrical
problems that may have developed.

2-73
Oil Pressure Light
If you have a low engine oil
pressure problem, this light
will stay on after you start Dont keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If
your engine, orcome on you do, your engine can become so hot that it
when you are driving. This catches fire.You or others could be burned.
indicates that your engine is Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
not receiving enough oil. vehicle serviced.

The engine could be low on oil, or could have some


other oil problem. Have
it fixed immediately.
The oil light could also come on in three NOTICE:
other situations:
0 When the ignition is on but the engine is not running, Damage to your engine from neglected oil
the light will come on as a test to show you it is problems can be costlyand is not covered by
working, but the light will go out when you turnthe your warranty.
ignition to START. If it doesnt come on with the
ignition on, you may have a problem with the fuse or
bulb. Have it fixed right away.
0 If youre idling ata stop sign, the light
may blink on
and then off.
0 If you make a hard stop,the light may come onfor a
moment. This is normal.

2-74
Passlock Warning Light Up Shift Light (Manual Transaxle)
This light willcome on This light comeson when
when you turn the key you need to shift to the next
THEFT toward the START position. higher gear. See Manual
Transaxle inthe Index.
SYSTEM
SHIFT
If the light flashes, the Passlock system has entered a
tamper mode. If the vehicle fails to start, see Passlock
in the Index.
If the light comes on continuously while driving and
stays on, there may be a problem with the Passlock
system. Your vehicle will not be protected
by Passlock,
and you should see your dealer.

2-75
Check Gages Light When the indicator nearsE (EMPTY), you still have a
little fuel left, but you should get more soon.
This light will come on
brieflywhen you are Here are four things thatsome owners ask about. None
of these show a problem with your fuel gage:
CHECK starting the engine.
0 At the service station, the gas pump shuts
off before
GAGES the gage readsF (FULL).
0 It takes alittle more orless fuel tofill up than the
gage indicated.For example, the gagemay have
indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a
If the light comes on and stays on while
you are driving,
little moreor less than halfthe tanks capacityto fill
check your various gages to see if they are in the
the tank.
warning zones or if youare low onfuel.
0 The gage moves a little when you turn a comer
or
:age speed up.
When the ignition ison, 0 The gage doesnt go back Eto(EMPTY) when you
your fuel gage tells you turn off the ignition.
I
ID
r about how muchfuel you
have left.
For yourfuel tank capacity,see Capacities and
Specifications in the Index.
E

2-76
b NOTES

2-77
NOTES

2-78
0Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

In this section, youll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Be
sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.

3-2 Comfort Controls 3-9 AM-FM Stereo With Cassette Tape Player
3-4 Air Conditioning (If Equipped) (If Equipped)
3-5 Heating 3-11 AM-FM Stereo With Cassette Tape Player and
3-5 Ventilation System Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
3-6 Defogging and Defrosting 3- 16 AM-FM Stereo With Compact Disc Player
3-6 Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
3-7 Audio Systems 3-20 Theft-Deterrent Feature (If Equipped)
3-7 Setting the Clockfor Systems without 3-22 Understanding Radio Reception
Automatic Tone Control 3-22 Tips About Your Audio System
3-7 Setting the Clockfor Systems with 3-23 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
Automatic Tone Control 3 -24 Care of Your Compact Discs
3-7 AM-FM Stereo 3-24 Care of Your Compact Disc Player
3-24 Fixed Mast Antenna

3-1
Comfort Controls Fan Knob
This section tells you how to make your air system work The left knob selects the forceof air you want.Turn the
for you. The optional climate control system with air knob to the right to increase fan speed and to the left to
conditioning uses ozone-friendly R- 134a refrigerant. decrease fan speed.To turn the fan off, turn the mode
With these systems,you can control the ventilation knob all the wayto the left toOFF. In any other setting,
and heating in your vehicle.Your vehicle also has the the fan will run continuously.
flow-through ventilation system described later in
Temperature Knob
this section.
The center knob changes the temperature of the air
Standard Climate Control System coming through the system. Turn this knob toward red
(to the right) for warmer air. Turnit toward blue (to the
left) for cooler air.
Mode Knob
The right knob has several settings to control the
direction of airflow. For each setting, set the temperature
to a comfortable setting.
+e
# VENT This setting brings in outside air and
directs it through the middle instrument panel outlets.
+e
+ BI-LEVEL: This setting brings in outside air and
directs it two ways. Some air is directed through the
instrument panel outlets. Mostof the air is directed
through the floor ducts and a little the
to defrost and side
window vents.

3-2
+ 0
FLOOR: This setting sends mostof the air
The rest comes outof
through the ducts near the floor.
Fan Knob
The left knob selects theforce of air you want.Turn the
the defroster and side window vents. knob to the right to increasefan speed and to the left to
w.
+# DEFOG: This setting allows halfof the air to
decrease fan speed. To turn the fan off, turn the mode
knob all the way tothe left to OFF.In any other setting,
go to thefloor ducts and half tothe defroster andside the fan will run continuously. Thefan must be on to run
window vents. the air conditioning compressor.
DEFROST: This setting directs mostof the air
through the defroster andside window vents. Some of Temperature Knob
the air goes to the floorducts. The center knob changes the temperatureof the air
coming throughthe system. Turn thisknob toward red
Climate Control System with Air (to the right) for warmer air. Turnit toward blue (to
Conditioning (If Equipped) the left)for cooler air.
Mode Knob
The rightknob has several settings to control the
direction of airflow. For each setting,set the temperature
to a comfortable setting.
0 MAX: This setting recirculates muchof the air
inside your vehicle and sends it through the instrument
panel outlets.The air conditioning compressor will run
automatically in this setting when isitneeded to help
cool the air inthe vehicle.

3-3
-0 glow when the air conditioning compressor is running.
/J VENT This setting brings in outside air and You dont have to press the button to run the compressor
directs it through the instrument panel. in MAX or DEFROST.
+e
+fl BI-LEVEL: This setting brings in outside air and Air Conditioning(If Equipped)
directs it two ways. Some air isdirected through the
instrument panel outlets. Most of the air is directed On very hot days, open the windows long enough
through the floor ducts and a little to the defrost and side to lethot, inside air escape. This reduces the time it
window vents. takes for your vehicle to cool down, which should help
e fuel economy.
+# FLOOR: This setting sends most of the air
through the ducts near the floor. The rest comes out of For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX with
the defroster and side window vents. the temperature knob all the way in the blue area. If this
setting is used for long periods of time, the air in your
we DEFOG: This
+ setting allows half of the air to vehicle may become too dry.
go to the floor ducts and half to the defroster and side For normal cooling on hot days, use VENT with the
window vents. temperature knob in the blue area and the A/C button
DEFROST: This setting directs most of the air pushed in. The system will bring in outside air and
cool it.
through the defroster and side window vents. Some of
the airgoes to the floor ducts. The air conditioning On cool, but sunny days, the sun may warm your upper
compressor will run automatically in this setting when it body, but your lower body may not be warm enough.
is needed to help dry the air in the vehicle. You can use BI-LEVEL with the temperature knob in
the middle and the N C button pushed in. The system
Air ConditioningCompressor Button will bring in outside air and direct slightly warmer air to
Press the N C button to operate the air conditioner your lower body. You may notice this temperature
compressor. The indicator light above the button will difference more at some times than others.

3-4
Heating
On cold days, use FLOOR with the temperature knob all
the way in the red area.The system will bring in outside
air, heat it and send it to the floor ducts.
Your vehicle has heat ducts that are directed toward
the rear seat. Keep the area underthe front seats clear
of obstructions so the heated air can reachthe rear
seat passengers.
If your vehicle has an engine coolant heater, you can use
it to help your system provide warm air faster when its
cold outside (0F (-18C) or lower). An engine coolant
heater warms the coolant your engine and heating Ventilation Tips
system use to provide heat.See Engine Coolant Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow or
Heater in the Index. any other obstruction, such as leaves. The heater and
defroster will workfar better, reducing the chance of
Ventilation System fogging the inside of your windows.
For mild outside temperatures when little heating or When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, adjustthe
cooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside air mode knob toFLOOR and the fan to the highest
through your vehicle. Your vehicle also hasthe speed for a few moments before drivingoff. This
flow-through ventilation system described later in helps clear the intake ductsof snow and moisture
this section. and reduces the chanceof fogging the insideof
Your vehicles flow-through ventilation system supplies your windows.
outside air into the vehicle whenit is moving. Outside Keep the air path under the front seats clearof
air will also enter the vehicle when the air conditioning objects. This helps air circulate throughout
fan is running. your vehicle.

3-5
Defogging and Defrosting Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped)
Your system has two settingsfor clearing the front and The rear window defogger
side windows.To defrost the windows quickly, use uses a warming grid
DEFROST with the temperature knob all the way in the to remove fog from the
red area. To warm passengers while keeping the rear window.
windows clean, use DEFOG.
Press the button to turn
To defog the side windows, set the right control to the defoggeron. It will
BI-LEVEL and the fan control to the highest setting. turn itself off after about
To defog the side windows while using the air 10 minutes.
conditioner, set the right control to BI-LEVEL, the fan
A/C button.
control to the highest setting, and press the
For both systems, aim theside vents toward theside If you turn it on again, the defogger will only for
run
windows. For increased airflow to the side vents, close about five minutes before turning off.You can also turn
the centervents. it off by pressing the button again.
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license across the
defogger grid on the rear window.

I NOTICE:
Dont use a razor blade or anything else sharp on
the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldnt be covered by your warranty.

3-6
Audio Systems AM-FM Stereo
Your Delco Electronics audiosystem has been designed
to operate easily andgive years of listening pleasure.
You will get the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint
yourself with it first. Findout what your Delco
Electronics systemcan do and how to operate allits
controls, to be sure youre gettingthe most out of the
advanced engineering that went into it.
Setting the Clock for Systems without
Automatic Tone Control
Press SET. SET will appear onthe display for five
seconds. Withinfive seconds, press and holdthe right
arrow on the SEEK button until the correct minute Playing the Radio
appears. Press and hold theleft arrow on the SEEK VOLUME: This knob turns the systemon and off and
button untilthe correct hour appears. controls the volume. To increase volume and turnthe
radio on, turn the knob to the right. Turnit to theleft to
Setting the Clock for Systems with decrease volume andturn the radiooff.
Automatic Tone Control
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
Press and holdHR until the correct hour appears. Press pressing the RECALL knob. When the radiois playing,
and holdMN until the correct minute appears. press this button to recallthe station frequency.

3-7
Finding a Station 5. Press and holdone of the four numbered buttons,
within five seconds. The sound will mute. When it
AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between
AM
and F M . The display shows your selection. returns, release the button. Wheneveryou press that
numbered button, the station you set will return.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations.
6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
SEEK: Press the rightor left arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there. In addition to the four stations already set, up to three
more stations may be preset on each band by pressing
SCAN: Press both SEEK arrows; SCAN will appear on two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
the display. UseSCAN to listen to stationsfor a few
seconds. The radio willgo to a station, stopfor a few 1. Tune in the desired station.
seconds, then go on to the next station.The radio will 2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
scan up or down the radio band, depending on the arrow 3. Press any two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,
you pressed first. Press both SEEK arrows or the upper within five seconds. The sound will mute. When it
knob to stop scanning. returns, releasethe buttons. Whenever you press the
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let same buttons, the station you set will retwn.
you return to your favorite stations.You can set up to 4. Repeat the steps for each pairof pushbuttons.
14 stations (sevenAM and sevenFM). Just:
1. Turn the radio on. Setting the Tone
2. Press AM-FM to select the band. BASS: Slide the leverup or down to increase or
decrease bass.
3. Tune in the desired station.
TREB: Slide the leverup or down to increase or
4. Press SET. (SET will appear onthe display.) decrease treble.If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.

3-8
Adjusting the Speakers RECALL: Display the time withthe ignition off by
pressing theRECALL knob. When the radio is playing,
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move press this button to recall the station frequency.
the sound tothe left or right speakers.The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers. Finding a Station
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move AM-FM: Press the lower knobto switch between AM,
the sound to thefront or rear speakers.The middle FM1 and FM2. The display shows your selection.
position balancesthe sound between the speakers.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations.
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player SEEK: Press the rightor left arrow to go to the next
(If Equipped) higher or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons
let you return to your favorite stations.You can
set up to 2 1 stations (sevenAM, seven FM 1, and
seven FM2 ). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
5. Press one of the four numbered buttons, within
Playing the Radio five seconds. Whenever you press that numbered
VOLUME: This knob turnsthe system on and off and button, the station you set will return.
controls the volume. To increase volume andturn the 6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
radio on, turn the knob tothe right. Turn it to the left to
decrease volume and turn the radio off.
In addition to the four stations already set, up to three TREB: Slide the lever up or down to increase or
more stations may be preset on each band by pressing decrease treble.If a stationis weak or noisy, you may
two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just: want to decrease the treble.
1. Tune in the desired station. Adjusting the Speakers
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.) BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move
3. Press any two adjoining pushbuttonsat the same the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
time, within five seconds. The sound will mute. position balances the sound between the speakers.
When it returns, release the buttons. Whenever FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
you pressthe same buttons,the station you set the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
will return. position balances the sound between the speakers.
4. Repeat the steps for each pairof pushbuttons.
Playing a Cassette Tape
P.SCAN: Press both SEEK arrows andP.SCAN will
appear on the display. Use P.'SCAN to listen to ofeach Your tape playeris built to work best with tapes thatare
your preset stationsfor a few seconds. The radio will go 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
to the first preset station stored on your pushbuttons, that are so thin they may not work wellin this player.
stop for a few seconds, thengo on to the next preset If you hear nothingor hear just a garbled sound, it may
station. (If a preset station has weak reception,
it will not not bein squarely. Press EJECT to remove the tape and
stop.) Press eitherSEEK arrow or the upper knob to start over.
stop scanning.
the FADE, BAL,
While the tape is playing, use VOL,
Setting the Tone BASS and TREB controls just as youdo for the radio.
Other controls may have different functions when a tape
BASS: Slide the lever up or down to increase or show an arrow to show
is inserted. The display will
decrease bass. which sideof the tape is playing.

3-10
REV: Press the SEEK arrow pointing to the left and 3. Insert the adapter.
you press this button
the tape will reverse rapidly until 4. Within five seconds, press and hold the REV and
again lightly. FWD buttons at the same time for three seconds. The
FWD: Press the SEEK arrow pointing to the right and tape symbolon the display willflash, showing that
the tape will rapidly advance until you press this button the cut tape detection feature is no longer active.
again lightly. The overide routine will remain active until EJECT
RECALL: Press this knob to hearthe other side of a is pressed.
tape that is playing.
EJECT Press this buttonto remove the tape. The radio
AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape Player
will play. Ifyou leave a cassette tape inthe player while and Automatic Tone Control(If Equipped)
listening tothe radio, it may become warm.
CLN: If this message appears onthe display, the
cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still play
tapes, but you should clean it as soon as possible to
prevent damage to the tapes and player. See Care of
Your Cassette Tape Player in the Index. After you clean
the player, press and hold EJECT for five seconds to
reset the CLN indicator. The radio will display--- to
show the indicator was reset.
CD Adapter Kits
It is possibleto use a CD adapter kit with your cassette
tape player after activating the bypassfeature on your Playing the Radio
tape player. PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and
To activate the bypass feature, use the following steps: off. To increase volume, turn the knob to the right.
Turn
it to the left todecrease volume. The knob is capableof
1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.
rotating continuously.
2. Turn the radio on.
3-11
RECALL: Press this button to recall the station being SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds,
played. If you press the button when the ignition is off, and SCAN will appear in the display. Use SCAN to
the clock will show for a few seconds. listen to stations for a few seconds. The radio will go to
SCV: Your system has a feature called a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). With SCV, your station. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. The sound
audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road will mute while scanning.
and wind noise as you drive. Set thevolume at the PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
desired level. Move the control ring behind the upper you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
knob to the right to adjust the SCV. Then, as you drive, 18 stations (six AM, six FM 1 and six FM2). Just:
SCV automatically increases the volume, as necessary, 1. Turn the radio on.
to overcome noise at any particular speed. The volume
level should always sound the same to you as you drive. 2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
If you dont wantto use SCV, turn the control all the 3. Tune in the desired station.
way down. Each notch on thecontrol ring allows for
more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds. 4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization that
best suits the type of station selected.
Finding a Station 5. Press and hold one of the sixnumbered buttons. The
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM, FMl sound will mute. When it returns, release the button.
and FM2. The display shows your selection. Whenever you press that numbered button, the
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to station you set will return and the AUTO TONE
choose radio stations. Push the knob back into its stored equalization that you selected will also be
position when youre notusing it. automatically selected for that button.

SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the 6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
next higher or lower station. The sound will mute
while seeking.

3-12
P.SCAN: Press this buttonto listen to eachof your Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons
for a few youre not using them.
seconds. The radio will scan through eachof the stations AUTO TONE:This feature allowsyou to choose preset
stored on your pushbuttons, except those stations with bass and treble equalization settings designedfor
weak reception. The AUTO TONE setting storedfor country/western, classical, news, rock, pop andjazz
that pushbutton will be automatically chosen. Press stations. C N will appear onthe display when youfirst
P.SCAN or one of the pushbuttons again tostop press AUTO TONE. Each time you pressit, another
scanning. P.SCAN will be displayed whenever the tuner setting will appear on the display. Press
it again after
is in the P.SCAN mode.The channel number(Pl-P6) JAZZ appears and the AUTO TONE display will go
will appear momentarilyjust before the frequency is blank. Tone control will return to the BASS and TREB
displayed. In FM mode, this function will scan through knobs. Also,if you use the BASS and TREB knobs,
both FM1 and FM2 preset stations andFMl or FM2 will control will return to them and the AUTO TONE
appear onthe display. display will go blank. Use PUSHBUTTONS to program
Setting theTone AUTO TONE.
BASS: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the Adjusting theSpeakers
knob tothe right to increase bass and tothe left to BAL: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
decrease bass. When you use thiscontrol, the radios knob to the right for the right speakers and to left
the
AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the for the left speakers.The middle position balancesthe
AUTO TONE display will go blank. sound between the speakers.
TREB: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the FADE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turnthe
knob tothe right to increase treble and to theleft to knob tothe right to adjustthe sound to thefront
decrease treble. When you use this control,the radios speakers and to theleft for the rear speakers.The middle
AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the position balances the sound between the speakers.
AUTO TONE display will go blank. If a station is weak
or noisy, you may wantto decrease the treble. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
youre not using them.
3-13
Playing a Cassette Tape PREV (1): Press this buttonor the left SEEK arrow to
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are go to the previous selection on the tape if the current
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than selection has been playingfor less than eight seconds.If
that areso thin they may not work wellin this player.If the PREV button is pressed and the current selection has
a tapeis inserted whenthe ignition is on but the radio is been playing for more than eight seconds, it will goto
off, the tape will begin playing. A tape symbol is shown the beginning of the current selection.Your tape must
in the centerof the graphic display whenever a tape is have at least three seconds of silence between each
inserted. When a tape is active,the tape symbol will be selection for PREV or SEEK to work. The tape direction
accompanied by a direction arrow. arrow blinks during PREV or
SEEK operation. The
sound will mute duringPREV or SEEK operation. Press
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, AUTO TONE, this button or oneof the SEEK arrows again to returnto
BAL, FADE, BASSand TREB controls just as you do normal play.
for the radio. Other controls may have different
functions when a tape is inserted.The display will show PROG (2): Press this button to play the other side of
the tape symbol and an arrow to show which side of the the tape.
tape is playing. NEXT (3): Press this button orthe right SEEK arrow to
If you hear nothingor hear just a garbled sound,it may go to the next selection on the tape.If you hold the
not be in squarely. PressEJECT to remove the tape and button or press it more than once, the player will
start over. continue moving forward through the tape. Your tape
must have at least three seconds of silence between each
The playeris able to detect a tightor broken tape, and selection for NEXT or SEEK to work. The tape
will eject the tape.
The radio will go back to playing the direction arrow blinks during NEXT or SEEK operation.
last station selected. The sound will mute duringNEXT or SEEK operation.
The player automatically senses the cassette for metal or Press this button orone of the SEEK arrows again to
Cr02 and sets the pre-emphasis. Anytime a tape is return to normal play.
inserted, the top side is selected to play
first.

3-14
REV (4): Press this button to reversethe tape rapidly. cassette tapein the player while listening to the radio,
it
Press it again to return to playing speed.
The radio will may become warm.
play the last-selected station while the tape reverses. CLN: If this message appears on the display, the cassette
00 (5): Press this button to reduce background noise. tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still play tapes, but
Note that the double-D symbol will appear on the display. you should clean it as soon as possible to prevent damage
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license to the tapes and player. See Care of Your Cassette Tape
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby Player in the Index. After you clean the player, press and
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby hold EJECT for five seconds to reset the CLN indicator.
Laboratories Licensing Corporation. The radio will display--- to show the indicator was reset.
FWD (6): Press this button to advance quickly to CD Adapter Kits
another partof the tape. Press the button again to return It is possible to useCDa adapter kit with your cassette
to playing speed.The radio will playthe last-selected on your
tape player after activating the bypass feature
station whilethe tape advances. tape player.
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a tape To activate the bypass feature, use the following steps:
is in the player.
1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.
TAPE AUX: Press this button to change to the tape
function when the radio is on. The tape symbol with an 2. Turn the radio off.
arrow will appear on the display when the tape is active. 3. Press and hold theTAPE AUX button for five
If your system is equipped with a remote playback seconds. The tape symbolon the display will flash
device, pressingthis button a second time will allow the for two seconds, indicating the feature is active.
remote device to play.
4. Insert the adapter.It will power up the radio and
EJECT Press this button to remove the tape. The radio begin playing.
will play. EJECT may be activated with either the
ignition or radio off. Cassettes may loaded be with the This override routine will remain active until EJECT
radio off if this button is pressed first. If you leave a is pressed.

3-15
AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player SCX Your system has a featurecalled
andAutomaticToneControl (If Equipped) Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). With SCV, your
audio system adjustsautomatically to make up for road
and wind noise as you drive. Set the volume atthe
desired level. Move the control ring behind the upper
knob to the right to adjust the SCV. Then, asyou drive,
SCV automatically increases thevolume, as necessary,
to overcome noise atany particular speed. The volume
level should always sound the same toyou as you drive.
If you don't want to use SCV, turn the control all the
way down. Each notch on the controlring allows for
more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds.

' Finding a Station


AM-FM: Press this button to switchbetween AM, FMl
Playing the Radio and FM2. The display shows yourselection.
PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and TUNE: Press this knoblightly so it extends. Turn it to
off. To increase volume, turn the knob to the right.Turn choose radiostations. Push the knob back into its stored
volume. The knob is capable of
it to the left to decrease position when you're not using it.
rotating continuously.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go tothe
RECALL: Press this button to recall the station being next higher or lower station. The sound will mute
played. If you press the button when the ignition is off, while seeking.
the clockwill show fora few seconds.

3-16
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds, stored on your pushbuttons, except those stations with
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to weak reception. The AUTO TONE setting stored for
listen to stations for a few seconds. The radio will go to that pushbutton will be automatically chosen. Press
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next PSCAN or oneof the pushbuttons again to stop
station. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. The sound scanning. PSCAN will be displayed whenever the tuner
will mute while scanning. is in the P.SCAN mode. The channel number (Pl-P6)
will appear momentarily just before the frequency is
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to displayed. In FM mode, this function will scan through
both FM 1 and FM2 preset stations and FM 1 or FM2will
18 stations (six A M , six FM1 and six FM2). Just:
appear on the display.
1. Turn the radio on.
Setting theTone
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
3. Tune in the desired station. knob to the right to increase bass and to the left to
4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization that decrease bass. When you use this control, the radios
best suits the type of station selected. AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the
AUTO TONE display will go blank.
5 . Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons. The
sound will mute. When it returns, release the button. TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
Whenever you press that numbered button, the knob to the right to increase treble and to the left to
station you set will return and the AUTO TONE decrease treble. When you use this control, the radios
equalization that you selected will also be AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the
automatically selected for that button. AUTO TONE display will go blank. If a station is weak
or noisy, you may wantto decrease the treble.
6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
P.SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons for a few youre not using them.
seconds. The radiowill scan through each of the stations
3-17
AUTO TONE:This feature allows you to choose preset Playing a CompactDisc
bass and treble equalization settings designed for
Insert a disc partway into the slot, label side up. The
country/western, classical, news, rock, pop and jazz
player will pull it in. The disc should begin playing. The
stations. C/W will appear on the display when you first display will show CD and the CD symbol. If you want
press AUTO TONE. Each time you press it, another to insert a compact disc with the ignition off, first press
setting will appear on the display. Press it again after
RECALL or EJECT.
JAZZ appears and the AUTO TONE display will go
blank. Tone control will return to the BASS and TREB If youre driving on a very rough road or if its veryhot,
knobs. Also, if you use the BASS and TREB knobs, the disc may not play and ERR (error) may appear on
control will return to themand the AUTO TONE the display. Press RECALL to take ERR off the display.
display will go blank. Use PUSHBUTTONS to program When things get back to normal, the disc should play. If
AUTO TONE. the disc comes out, it could be that:

Adjusting theSpeakers The disc is upside down.


BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the It is dirty, scratched or wet.
knob to the right for the right speakers and to the left for It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
the left speakers. The middle position balances the try again.)
sound between the speakers. PREV (1): Press this button or the left SEEK arrow to
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the go to the previous track if the current selection has been
knob to the right to adjust the sound to the front playing for less than eight seconds. If the PREW button
speakers and to the left for the rear speakers. The middle is pressed and the current selection has been playing for
position balances the sound between the speakers. more than eight seconds, it will go to the beginning of
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when the current selection. If you hold the button or press it
youre not using them. more than once, the player will continue moving back
through the disc. The sound will mute while seeking.

3-18
RDM (2): Press this button to hear the tracks in random, AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when
rather than sequential, order. RANDOM will show on a disc is in the player. The letters CD will go off
the display. Press RDM again to turn off random play. the display.
RDM isreset to off when the disc is ejected. CD AUX: Press thisbutton to change to thedisc
NEXT (3): Press thisbutton or the right SEEK arrow function when the radio is on. A CD icon will appear on
to go tothe next track. If you hold the button or press the display when the disc is in the player, whether it is
it more than once,the player will continue moving active or not. If your systemis equipped with a remote
forward through the disc,The sound will mute playback device, pressing this button a second timewill
while seeking. allow the remote device toplay.
REV (4): Press and hold this buttonto quickly reverse EJECT Press this button to remove the disc. The
within a track. Release it to play the passage. You can radio will play. The disc will start at the first track when
use the counter readingon the display to locatea you reinsert it.
passage more easily.
If you turn off the ignition or radio with a disc in the
FWD (6): Press and hold this button to advance player, it will stay in the player. When you turn on the
quickly within a track. Release it to resume playing. ignition or system, the disc will start playing where it
You can use the counter reading on the display to locate was stopped. If you press EJECT butdont remove
a passage easily. the disc, theplayer will pull the disc back in toprotect
RECALL: Press thisbutton to see which trackis it after about one minute.If you leave a compact disc
playing. Press it again within five seconds tosee how in the player while listening to the radio, it may
long it has been playing (elapsed time). The track become warm.
number also appears when you change the volumeor
when a new track starts to play.

3-19
Theft-Deterrent Feature (If Equipped) 1. Write down any three or four-digit number from
000 to 1999 and keepit in a safe place separate from
THEFTLOCK' is designed to discourage theftof your
the vehicle.
radio. It works by usinga secret codeto disable all radio
functions whenever battery power is removed. 2. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORYor RUN.
The THEFTLOCK featurefor the radio may be usedor 3. Turn the radio off.
ignored. If ignored, the system plays normallyand the 4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
If THEFTLOCK is
radio is not protected by the feature. until --- shows on the display. Next you will use the
if stolen.
activated, your radio will not operate secret code number which you have written down.
When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radio will display 5 . Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
LOC to indicatea locked condition anytime battery
power has been interrupted.If your battery loses power 6 . Press MN again to make thelast two digits agree
for any reason, you must unlock the radiowith the secret with your code.
code beforeit will operate. 7. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
8. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
The instructions which follow explain how to enter your code matches the secret code you have written down.
secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system. It is The display will show REP to let you know that you
recommended that you read through all nine steps need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your
before starting the procedure. secret code.
NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse 9. Press AM-FM and this time the display will show
between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to SEC to let you know that your radio is secure. The
time and youmust start the procedure over at Step 4. indicator by the volume control will begin flashing
when the ignition is turned off.

3-20
Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature
Power Loss Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more than
Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more
than 15 seconds between steps:
15 seconds between steps: 1. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN.
1. LOC appears when the ignition is on. 2. Turn the radio off.
2. Press MN and 000 will appear on thedisplay. 3. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until SEC shows on the display.
3. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree 4. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
with your code.
5. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
4. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree with your code.
with your code. 6. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
5. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the with your code.
code matches the secret codeyou have written down. 7 . Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
The display will show SEC, indicating the radio is code matches the secret code you have written down.
now operable andsecure. The display will show ---,indicating that the radio is
If you enter the wrong code eight times,INOP will no longer secured.
appear on the display. You will have to wait an hour SEC will appear on the
If the code entered is incorrect,
with the ignition on before you can try again. When you display. The radio will remain secured until the correct
try again, you will only have three chances to enter the code is entered.
correct code beforeINOP appears. When battery power is removed and later applied to a
If you lose or forget your code, contact your
dealer. secured radio, the radio wont turn on and LOC will
appear on the display.
To unlock a secured radio, see Unlockingthe
Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss earlier
in this section.
3-21
Understanding Radio Reception
AM
NOTICE:
The range formost AM stations is greater than for FM, Before you add any sound equipment to your
especially at night. The longerrange, however, can --
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
--
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can
add what you want. If you can, its very
reducing the treble to reducethis noise if you ever get it.
important to do it properly. Added sound
FM Stereo equipment may interfere with the operation of
FM stereo will give you the best sound,but FM signals your vehicles engine, Delco Electronicsradio or
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall other systems, and even damage them. Your
buildings or hills can interferewith FM signals, causing vehicles systems mayinterfere with the
the sound to come and go. operation of sound equipment that has been
added improperly.
Tips About Your AudioS m
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
Hearing damage from loud noise almost is undetectable your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules
until it is too late.Your hearing can adapt to higher covering mobileradio and telephone units.
volumes of sound. Sound that seemsnormal can be loud
and harmful to yourhearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume control on your radioto a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player When using a scrubbing action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, it isnormal for the cassette to eject because
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape. To
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their prevent the cleaning cassette from being ejected, use the
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and following steps.
extreme heat. If they arent, they may not operate
properly or may cause failure of the tape player. If your vehicle is equipped with the AM-FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player:
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN to indicate 1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.
that you have used your tape player for 50 hours without 2. Turn the radio on.
resetting the tape clean timer. If this message appears on
the display, your cassette tape player needs to be 3. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette.
cleaned. It will still play tapes, but you should clean it as 4. Within five seconds, press and hold the REV and
soon as possible to prevent damage to your tapes and FWD buttons at the same time for three seconds. The
player. If you notice a reduction in sound quality, try a tape symbol on the display will flash, showing that
known good cassette to see if it is the tape or thetape the cut tape detection feature is no longer active.
player at fault. If this other cassette has no improvement
in sound quality, clean the tape player. 5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturers
recommended cleaning time.
The recommended cleaning method for your cassette
tape player is the use of a scrubbing action, If your vehicle is equipped with the AM-FM Stereo with
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub Cassette Tape Player and Automatic Tone Control:
the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. 1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.
The recommended cleaning cassette is available through
your dealership (GM Part No. 12344789). 2. Turn the radio off.

3-23
3. Press and hold the TAPE AUX button for five Care of Your Compact Discs
seconds. The tape symbol on the display will flash
for two seconds. Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
4. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette. and dust. If the surface of a disc issoiled, dampen a
5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturers clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
recommended cleaning time. clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
When the cleaning cassette has been ejected, the cut tape Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
detection feature is active again. discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean Care of Your Compact Disc Player
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised, due to
eject on its own. A non-scrubbing action cleaner may
the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with
not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner.
lubricants internal to the CD mechanism.
The use of a non-scrubbing action, dry-type cleaning
cassette is not recommended. Fixed Mast Antenna
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
display --- to show the indicator was reset. slightly bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If the
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality mast is badly bent, as it might be by vandals, you should
may degrade over time. Always make sure the cassette replace it.
tape is in good condition before you have your tape Check every once in a while to be sure the mast is still
player serviced. tightened to the fender.

3-24
$&I NOTES

3-25
fi NOTES

3-26
a Section 4 Your Driving and the Road

Here youll find information about driving on different kinds


of roads and in varying weather conditions. Weve also
included many other useful tips on driving.

4-2 Defensive Driving 4-2 1 Before Leaving ona Long Trip


4-3 Drunken Driving 4-22 Highway Hypnosis
4-5 Control of a Vehicle 4-22 Hill and Mountain Roads
4-6 Braking 4-24 Winter Driving
4- 10 Steering 4-28 Recreational Vehicle Towing
4-12 Off-Road Recovery 4-3 1 Loading Your Vehicle
4- 12 Passing 4-33 Towing a Trailer (Models with 2.4L Engine
4- 14 Loss of Control and 4-Speed Automatic Transaxle)
4-15 Driving at Night 4-40 Towing a Trailer (Except Models
4- 16 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads with 2.4L Engine and 4-Speed
4- 19 City Driving Automatic Transaxle)
4-20 Freeway Driving
Defensive driving really means be ready for anything.
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
always expect the unexpected.
Assume that pedestrians or otherdrivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about themost preventable
of accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. Its the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in frontof you is going to
brake or turn suddenly.
Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on
the driving task. Anything that distracts from the
driving task -- such as concentrating on a cellular
telephone call, reading, or reaching for something on the
1 DefensiveDriving floor -- makes proper defensive driving more difficult
and can even causea collision, with resulting injury.
The best advice anyone can give about drivingis: Ask a passenger to help do things like this, or pull
Drive defensively. off the roadin a safe place to dothem yourself.
Please startwith a very important safety devicein your These simpledefensive driving techniques could save
Chevrolet: Buckle up. (See Safety Belts in the Index.) your life.

4-2
Drunken Driving The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is forpeople never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is what if people do? How much is toomuch if the
a national tragedy. Its the number one contributor to the driver plans to drive?Its a lot less than many might
highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
every year. here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)of someone
a vehicle: who is drinking dependsupon four things:
Judgment 0 The amount of alcohol consumed
0 MuscularCoordination 0 The drinkers body weight
Vision 0 The amount of food that is consumed before and
Attentiveness. during drinking
Police records showthat almost half of all motor 0 The length of time it has taken the drinker to
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases, consume the alcohol.
these deaths are the result
of someone whowas drinking According tothe American Medical Association, a
and driving. In recentyears, over 17,000 annual motor 180-lb. (82 kg)person who drinks three 12-ounce
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured. BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the adult same BACby drinking three 4-ounce (120ml) glasses
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they of wine or threemixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
never drive after drinking.For persons under 21, its (45 ml) of a liquor likewhiskey, gin or vodka.
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.

4-3
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries,its even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course, as weve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above0.05 percent.
Its the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
the same person drank three doublemartinis (3 ounces increases sharply for drivers who havea BAC of
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the persons 0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
BAC would be close to0.12 percent. A person who 0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a
consumes food just before or duringdrinking will have a collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of
somewhat lower BAClevel. this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentage of body water than men. The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol
Since alcoholis carried in body water, this means that a in one drink.No amount of coffee or number of cold
woman generally will reach a higher BAC levelthan a showers will speed that up. Ill be careful isnt the
right answer. What if theresan emergency, a need to Control of a Vehicle
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able You have three systems that make your vehicle go where
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision. you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and
to do their work
the accelerator. All three systems have
Theres somethingelse about drinking and driving that at the places where the tires meet the road.
many people dont know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a persons system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger-- is in a crash, that
persons chanceof being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.

Drinking and then drivingis very dangerous. Your


reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and judgment
can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol.
-- --
You can have a serious or even fatal collision
if you drive after drinking. Please dont drink and
drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if youre with a group,
Sometimes, as when youre driving on snow or ice, its
designate a driver who will not drink. easy to ask moreof those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-5
Braking Avoid needless heavy braking. Somepeople drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
Braking action involves perception timeand braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This is a
reaction time. mistake. Your brakes may not have time tocool between
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal. hard stops. Your brakes will wear outmuch faster if you
Thats perception time.Then you have to bring up your do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the
foot and do it. Thats reaction time. traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means
Average reaction timeis about 314 of a second. But better braking and longer brake life.
thats only an average. It might be lesswith one driver
and as long as two or three seconds ormore with If your engine everstops while youre driving, brake
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination normally but dont pump your brakes. If you do, the
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle stops, you will still have some powerbrake assist. But
moving at 60 mph (100 kmh) travels 66 feet (20 m). you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is
That could bea lot of distance in an emergency, so used up, it may take longer to stopand the brake pedal
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others will be harder to push.
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distancesvary greatly
with the surface of the road (whether its pavement or
gravel); thecondition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; the condition of your brakes; theweight of the
vehicle and the amount of brake force applied.

4-6
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is an
advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent a braking skid.
wnen you start your engine, or when you begin to drive
away, your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this test is going on, and you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves or pulses a little. This isnormal.
If theres a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, this
warning light will stay on.
See Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light in
the Index.
Heres how anti-lock works. Lets say the road is wet.
Youre driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Heres what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If one
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at
both rear wheels.

4-7
The anti-lock system can changethe brake pressure faster Remember: Anti-lock doesnt change the time you need
than any driver could. The computer is programmedto to get your footup to the brake pedal or always decrease
make the most of available tire and road conditions. stopping distance.If you get too close to thevehicle in
front of you, you wont have time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough roomup ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
Using Anti-Lock
Dont pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down
firmly and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel a
slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise, but
this is normal.
Enhanced Traction System
If your vehicle has the optional four-speed automatic
transaxle, it also has an Enhanced Traction System
(ETS) that limits wheel spin. This is especially useful
in slippery road conditions. The system operates only
when the transaxle shift lever is in the REVERSE (R),
THIRD (3) or OVERDRIVE (@)position and the
You can steeraround the obstacle while braking hard. system senses that one or bothof the front wheels are
As you brake, your computer keepsreceiving updates on spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. happens, the system reduces engine power and may
also upshift the transaxle to limit wheel spin.

4-8
This light will come on The Enhanced Traction System can operate when the
when your Enhanced transaxle shift leveris in any position other than
LOW Traction System islimiting FIRST (1) or SECOND(2). To limit wheel spin,
wheel spin. See Enhanced especially in slippery road conditions, you should use
TRAC Traction System Active the other shift lever positions only when necessary. See
Light in the Index. Automatic Transaxle inthe Index. (If your vehicle
ever gets stuck in sand, mud,ice or snow, see Rocking
Your Vehicle inthe Index.)
You may feel or hear the system working, but this When you move the shift lever to FIRST(1) or
is normal. SECOND (2), the system will turn off.The Enhanced
Traction System warning light will comeon and stay on.
7 -1 Whenthetransaxleshift If the Enhanced Traction Systemis limiting wheel spin

I
ETS
lever is in any position
other than FIRST(1) or
SECOND (2) and the
when you move the shift lever to another position, the
system wont turnoff right away. It will wait until
theres no longera current need to limit wheel spin.
OFF parking brake is fully
released, this warning light You can turn the system back on at any time by moving
will come on to let you (1) or
the shift lever to any position other than FIRST
know if theresa problem SECOND (2). The Enhanced Traction System warning
with the system. light should go off.

See Enhanced Traction System Warning Light in the


Index. When this warning light ison, the system will not
limit wheel spin. Adjust your driving accordingly.

4-9
Braking in Emergencies The traction you can get in a curve dependson the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
With anti-lock, you can steerand brake at the same which the curve is banked, and your speed. While youre
time. Inmany emergencies, steering can helpyou more in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.
than even the very best braking.
Suppose youre steering through a sharp curve. Then you
Steering suddenly accelerate. Both control systems-- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet
Power Steering the road. Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too
If you lose power steering assist because the engine much of those places. You can lose control. Refer to
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but Enhanced Traction Systemin the Index.
it will take much more effort. What should you do if this ever happens? Easeup on the
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle theway you want it
Steering Tips to go, and slow down.
Driving on Curves Speed limit signsnear curves warn that you should
Its important to take curves at a reasonable speed. adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
A lot of the driver lost controlaccidents mentioned on favorable conditionsyoull want to go slower.
the news happen on curves. Heres why:
If you need to reduce your speedas you approach a
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to curve, do itbefore you enter the curve, while your front
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The wheels are straight ahead.
traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for thevehicle to change its path when you turn Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the
the front wheels. If theres no traction, inertia will keep curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
the vehicle going in the same direction. If youve ever accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, youll understand this. accelerate gently into the straightaway.

4-10
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child darts outfrom between
front of you. You can
parked cars and stops right in
avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop in
time. But sometimesyou cant; there isnt room.
Thats the timefor evasive action-- steering around
the problem.
Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies
like these. First apply your brakes. (See Braking in
Emergencies earlier in this section.) Itis better to
remove as much speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steer around the problem, to left the or An emergency like this requires close attention and a
right dependingon the space available. quick decision.If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 oclock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.

4-11
Off-Road Recovery Passing
You may find that your right wheels have droppedoff the The driverof a vehicle about to pass another on a
edge of a road onto the shoulderwhle youre driving. two-lane highway waitsfor just the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
A simple maneuver?
back into the right lane again.
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an errorin
judgment, ora brief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents-- the head-on collision.
So here are some tipsfor passing:
/
y edge of paved
surface
Drive ahead. Look down the road, to the sides and to
crossroads for situations that might sect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait for a better time.
If the levelof the shoulder is only slightly below the 0 Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicatea
accelerator and then,if there is nothingin the way, steer so turn or an intersection, delayyour pass. A broken
that your vehicle straddles the edgeof the pavement.You center line usually indicates its all rightto pass
can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarterturn until the (providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a solid
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then tum your line on your sideof the lane ora double solid line,
steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. even if the road seems emptyof approaching traffic.
0 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to 0 Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and
pass while youre awaitingan opportunity. For one start your left lane change signal before moving out
thing, following too closely reduces your area of of the right lane to pass. When you far areenough
vision, especially if youre following a larger ahead of the passed vehicle tosee its front in your
vehicle. Also, you wont have adequate space if the inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal
vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
reasonable distance. your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away from you
0 When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
than it reallyis.)
start to accelerate but stayin the right lane and dont
get too close. Time your move so you will be Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the two-lane roads. Reconsider before passingthe next
other lane. If theway is clear to pass, you will havea vehicle.
running start that more than makes up for the Dont overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if Even though the brake lamps are not flashing,it may
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass, be slowing down or starting to turn.
you need only slow down and drop back again and
wait for another opportunity. If youre being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
0 If other cars are lined up topass a slow vehicle, wait can easea little to the right.
your turn. But take care that someone isnt trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
the blind spot.

4-13
Loss of Control If you do not have the EnhancedTraction System, orif
the transaxle shift lever isnot in the OVERDRIVE (0)
Lets review what driving experts sayabout what position, then an acceleration skid is alsobest handled
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
and acceleration) dont have enoughfriction where the
tires meet the road to dowhat the driver hasasked. If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
In anyemergency, dont giveup. Keep trying to vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of vehicle may straighten out. Always beready for a
less danger. second skid if it occurs.
Skidding Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road.For safety, youll
In a skid, a driver can lose controlof the vehicle. want to slow down and adjust yourdriving to these
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
care suited to existing conditions, andby not overdriving surfaces because stopping distancewill be longer and
those conditions. But skidsare always possible. vehicle control more limited.
The threetypes of skids correspond toyour vehicles While driving ona surface with reduced traction, try
three controlsystems. In the braking skid, yourwheels your best to avoid sudden steering,acceleration or
arent rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too braking (including engine brakingby shifting to a lower
much speed or steering in a curve causestires to slip and gear). Any sudden changes could cause thetires to
lose corneringforce. And in the acceleration skid, too slide. You may not realize the surface isslippery until
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin, your vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
A cornering skidis best handled by easing your foot off clues -- such asenough water, ice orpacked snow on
the accelerator pedal. the road to make a mirrored surface -- and slow down
when you have any doubt.
If you have theEnhanced Traction System, remember:It
helps avoid only the acceleration skid. Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
4-14
Driving at Night 0 Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlampsbehind you.
0 Since you cant see as well, you may need to
slow down and keep more spacebetween you and
other vehicles.
0 Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can lightup only so much road ahead.
0 In remote areas, watch for animals.
A
0 If youre tired, pull off the road in a safe place
and rest.

Night Vision
No one can see aswell at night asin the daytime. Butas
we get older thesedifferences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twiceas much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can alsoaffect your night
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired -- by sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems,or by fatigue. have less troubleadjusting to night. Butif youre
Here are some tips on night driving. driving, dontwear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps,but they also make a lot
0 Drive defensively. of things invisible.
0 Dont drink and drive.

4-15
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching Driving in Rain andon Wet Roads
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn't lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it's easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be 1
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and aren't Rain and wetroads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
even aware of it. road, you can't stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn't as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don't have much tread left, you'll get
even less traction. It's always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.

4-16
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
Its wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in
good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled
with washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper
inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield, or when strips of rubber start to
separate from the inserts.

Driving too fast through large water puddles or even


going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you cant, try to slow down before you hit them.

4-17
Driving Through Deep Standing Water

NOTICE:
i Wet brakes can cause accidents. They wont work
as well in a quick stop and may cause pullingto If you drive too quicklythrough deep puddlesor
one side.You could losecontrol of the vehicle. standing water, water can come in through your
After driving through a large puddle of water or engines air intake and badly damage your
a car wash, applyyour brake pedal lightlyuntil engine. Neverdrive through water that is slightly
your brakes work normally. lower than the underbody of your vehicle. If you
cant avoid deep puddlesor standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This canhappen if the road iswet enough and youre Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
going fastenough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning, Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
it has little or no contact with the road. distance. And be especially careful when you pass
Hydroplaning doesnt happen often. But it can if your another vehicle. Allow yourself more clearroom
tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
more is low. It can happenif a lot of water is standing on by road spray.
the road. If you can seereflections from trees, telephone Have good tires with proper tread depth.
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops dimple the (See Tires in the Index.)
waters surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isnt a hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The
best advice isto slow down when it israining.

4-18
City Driving Here are waysto increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get towhere you are
going. Get a city map and plan your trip into an
unknown part of the city just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
0 Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross
most large cities. Youll save time and energy.
(See the nextpart, Freeway Driving.)
0 Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic
light is there because the corner busy
is enough to
need it. When a light turnsgreen, and just before you
start to move, check both ways for vehiclesthat have
not cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.

One of the biggest problems with city streets is the


amount of traffic on them. Youll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing andpay attention to
traffic signals.

4-19
Freeway Driving At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp,you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gapat close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on yourturn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit orto the prevailing rate if its slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check yourmirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glancequickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isnt another vehicle in your
blind spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move
Mile formile, freeways (also calledthruways, parkways, slightly slower at night.
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their ownspecial rules. When you want to leave thefreeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you m i s s your exit, do not,
The most important adviceon freeway driving is: Keep under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
up with traffic and keep to the right.Drive at the same the next exit.
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the The exit rampcan be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
left lane ona freeway as a passing lane.
4-20
The exit speed is usually posted. Here are some things you can check before
a trip:
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not 0 Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoirfull? Are
to your sense of motion. After driving
for any distance all windows clean inside andoutside?
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going 0 Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
slower than you actually are.
0 Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
Before Leaving on a LongTrip all levels?
Make sure youre ready.Try to be well rested.If you 0 Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
must start when youre notfresh -- such as aftera days 0 Tires: They are vitally important toa safe,
work -- dont plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you good enough for
trouble-free trip. Is the tread
can easily drive in. long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to th
recommended pressure?
Is your vehicle readyfor a long trip? If you keep it
serviced and maintained, its ready to go. If it needs
0 Weather Forecasts: Whats the weather outlook
service, haveit done before startingout. Of course, along your route? Shouldyou delay your tripa short
youll find experienced andable service experts in time to avoida major storm system?
Chevrolet dealerships all across North America. Theyll 0 Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
be ready and willing to helpif you need it.
Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads
Is there actually such a conditionas highway hypnosis?
Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call
it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with the
same scenery, alongwith the hum of the tires on the road,
the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind against
the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Dont let it happen
to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the road in less
than a second, and you could crash and be injured.
What canyou do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it can happen.
Then here are sometips:
Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
0 Keep your eyes moving. Scan theroad ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from
instruments frequently.
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
0 If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise,or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness onthe highway as
an emergency.

4-22
If you drive regularlyin steep country, or if youre
planning to visit there, hereare some tips thatcan make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N)or with the
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
and transaxle. Theseparts can work hardon
do all the work of slowing down. They could getso
mountainroads.
hot thatthey wouldnt work well. You would then
Know how to go down hills. The most important have poor brakingor even none goingdown a hill.
thing to know is this: let your enginedo some of the You could crash. Always have your engine running
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
down a steepor long hill.

a Know how to go uphill. You may want toshift down


to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
If you dont shift down,your brakes could a Stay inyour own lane when driving on two-lane
get so hot that they wouldnt work well.You roads in hills or mountains. Dont swing wide or cut
would then havepoor braking or even nonegoing across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
down a hill.You could crash. Shift downto let you stay in your own lane.
your engine assist yourbrakes on a steep 0 As you go over the top a ofhill, be alert. There could be
downhill slope. something in your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.
a You may see highway signs onmountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passingor
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alertto these and take appropriate action.

,: I 4-23
Winter Driving

Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply


of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
Here are some tips forwinter driving: clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
0 Have your vehicle in good shape forwinter.
be drivingunder severe conditions, includea small bag
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in of sand, a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
your trunk. to help providetraction. Be sureyou properly secure
these itemsin your vehicle.

4-24
Driving onSnow or Ice Whats the worst timefor this? Wet ice. Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the ice canbe even more trouble because it may offer the
road probably have good traction. least traction of all. You can get wet ice when its about
However, if thereis snow or ice between your tires and the freezing (32 O F ; 0 O C) and freezing rain beginsto fall.
road, you can have a very slippery situation. Youll havea Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful. can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow-- drive with caution.
If you have theEnhanced Traction System, keep the
transaxle shift lever in the OVERDRIVE (@)position
so the system will be able to operate. It will improve
your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery
road. Even though your vehicle has this system, youll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to the road
3 conditions. See Enhanced Traction System in
the Index.
If you dont have the Enhanced Traction System,
accelerate gently. Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate toofast, the drive wheels will spin and
polish the surface under the tires even more.

4-25
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicles stability If Youre Caught in a Blizzard
when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even
though you have the anti-lock braking system, youll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See Anti-Lock in the Index.
0 Allow greater following distance on any
slippery road.
Watch for slippery spots. The road mightbe fine
until you hit a spot thats covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun cant reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surfaceof a curve oran overpass may
remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear. If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it.Try not to brake while youre actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.

If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a


serious situation.You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you knowfor sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to doto summon help and keep yourself andyour
passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers.

4-26
0 Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
youve been stopped by the snow.
0 Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body Snow can trap exhaust gases unaer your vehicle.
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor This can cause deadlyCO (carbon monoxide) gas
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
to get inside.CO could overcome youand kill
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
you. You cant see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is inyour vehicle. Clear away snowfrom
around the base of your vehicle, especiallyany
that is blockingyour exhaust pipe. And check
around again from time to time to be sure snow
doesnt collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side of the
vehicle thats awayfrom the wind. This will help
keep CO out.

You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

4-27
Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves Towing Your Vehicle fr--m the Front
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster (With a Dolly)
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly.
This
you get andit keeps the
uses less fuel for the heat that
battery charged.You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heater run for a while.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But doit as little as possible. Preservethe
fuel as long asyou can. To help keep warm,you can get
out of the vehicle anddo some fairly vigorous exercises
every half hour orso until help comes.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
You can tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for use
at your destination. Be sure to use the proper towing Follow these steps:
equipment designed for recreational towing. Follow the
instructions for the towing equipment. 1. Put the front wheelson a dolly.
2. Set the parking brake.

4-28
3. Open the fuse panel on the drivers side of the
instrument panel. Remove the fuse labeled
CLSPCM. This will keep your battery from
draining while towing.
4. Turn the ignition key to OFF to unlock the steering
wheel. See Ignition Positions in the Index.
5. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position
an
with a clamping device designed for towing.
6. Release the parking brake.
When you are finished towing, make sure you replace
the CLSPCM fuse in the instrument panel fuse block.
Towing Your Vehicle From the Front
(Without a Dolly) 1. Set the parking brake.
You may tow your vehicle with all fourwheels on the 2. Open the fuse panel on the drivers side of the
ground if you have a four-speed automatic or a instrument panel. Remove the fuse labeled
five-speed manual transaxle. If your vehicle has a CLSPCM. This will keep your battery from
three-speed automatic transaxle, it may not be towed draining while towing.
in this manner. To tow a vehicle with a four-speed
automatic or a five-speed manual transaxle, follow
these steps:

4-29
3. Turn me ignition key to OFF to unlock the Towing Your Vehicle from the Rear
steering wheel.
r
4. Shift your transaxle to NEUTRAL (N).
5. Release the parking brake.
When you are finished towing, make sureyou replace
the CLWPCM fuse in the instrumentpanel fuse block.

NOTICE:
UD
'b
8
Make sure that the towing speed does not exceed
65 mph (110 km/h), or your vehicle could be
badly damaged.

I NOTICE:
Do not tow your vehicle from the rear. Your
vehicle could be badly damaged and the repairs
would not be covered by your warranty.

4-30
Loading Your Vehicle
MFDBYGENERALMOTORSCORP
TIRE-LOADINGINFORMATION DATE GVWR GAWR FRT GAWR RR
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
FRT. CTR. RR. TOTAL LBS. KG
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLI-
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE CABLE U S . FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
CAPACITY WEIGHT XXX COLD TIRE SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVENTION
TIRE SIZE PRESSURE
SPEED STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
RTG PSI/KPa MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
FRT,
RR.
SPA.
IF TIRES ARE HOT, ADD 4PSIi28KPa
SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL The other labelis the Certification label, found on the
INFORMATION
rear edge of the drivers door.It tells you the gross
weight capacity of your vehicle, calledthe Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includes
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
may properly carry,The Tire-Loading Information label Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or the Gross
found on the rear edge of the drivers door tellsyou theAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either thefront or
proper size, speed rating and recommended inflation rear axle.
pressures for the tires on your vehicle. It also gives
you
important information aboutthe number of people that And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread
can bein your vehicle and the total weight that you can it out. Dont carry more than132 lbs. (60 kg) in
carry. This weight is calledthe Vehicle Capacity Weight, your trunk.
and includes the weightof all occupants, cargo andall
nonfactory-installed options.

4-31
A CAUTION:
Do not load your vehicleany heavier than the Things you put inside your vehicle canstrike and
GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear injure people in a sudden stopor turn,or in a crash.
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can Put things in thetrunk or rear area of your
break, or itcan change the way your vehicle vehicle. In a trunk, put them as far forward
handles. These could cause you to lose control. as you can. Try to spread theweight evenly.
Also, overloading can shorten the life of If you have fold-downrear seats, youll find
your vehicle. four anchors on the back wall of your trunk.
You can use these anchorsto tie down lighter
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases, loads. Theyre not strong enoughfor heavy
tools, packages, or anything else -- they will go as fast things, however, so put them as far forward
as the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly, as you can in thetrunk or rear area.
or if there is a crash, theyll keep going. Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
above the tops of the seats.
Dont leavean unsecured childrestraint in
your vehicle.
0 When you carry something insidethe
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
0 Dont leave aseat folded down unless you
need to.

4-32
Towing a Trailer (Models with Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it isequipped with a
2.4L engine and 4 speed automatic transaxle and the
2.4L Engine and 4-Speed proper trailer towing equipment. To identify what the
Automatic Transaxle) vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in Weight of the Trailer
that appears later in this section. But trailering is
different than just driving your vehicle by itself.
I
If you dont usethe correctequipment and drive
- Trailering means changes in handling, durability and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
properly, you can lose control when you pull a
trailer. For example, if the traileris too heavy, the Thats the reason for this part. In it are many
--
brakes may not work well or even at all. You time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your safety and that of
and your passengers could be seriously injured.
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
You may alsodamage your vehicle; the resulting before you pull a trailer.
repairs would not be coveredby your warranty.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
steps in this section. Askyour dealer for advice wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder
and information about towing atrailer with against the drag of the added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under
your vehicle. greater loads, generating extra heat. Whats more, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
Do not tow a trailer if your vehicle is equipped with a the pulling requirements.
2.2L (Code 4) engine. You also cannot tow a trailer if
your vehicle is equipped with a manual or a three-speed
automatic transaxle, or is a convertible model.

4-33
If You Do DecideTo Pull A Trailer Three important considerations have todo with weight:
If you do, here are some important points: 0 the weight of the trailer,
0 There are many different laws, including speed limit the weight of the trailer tongue
restrictions, having todo with trailering. Make sure 0 and the total weight on your vehicles tires.
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where youll be driving.A good source for this Weight of the Trailer
information can bestate or provincial police.
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
0 Consider using a sway control.You can ask a hitch
dealer about sway controls. It should never weigh more than1,000 lbs. (450 kg). But
even that can be too heavy.
0 Dont tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000 miles
(1 600 km) your new vehicle is driven.Your engine, It depends on howyou plan to use your rig. For
axle or other parts could be damaged. example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
0 Then, during thefirst 500 miles (800 km)that you tow on any
trailer are all important. And, it can also depend
a trailer, dont drive over50 mph (80 km/h) and dont special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
make starts at full throttle. This helps your engine and
other partsof your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads. You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or
advice, or you can write us at:
0 Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Dont drive faster than the maximum posted speed Chevrolet Motor Division
for trailers (or no more than 55 mph (90 km/h)) to Customer Assistance Center
save wear on your vehicles parts. P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
0 Do not tow when the ambient temperature is above
100F (38C).
0 Do not tow morethan 1,000 miles (1 600 km)per year.

4-34
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L l H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A)of any trailer is an important
weight to measure becauseit affects the total or gross
weight of your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight A B
(GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo you may carry in it, and the people whowill be
riding in the vehicle. And if you tow a trailer, you must
add the tongue loadto the GVW because your vehicle
will be carrying that weight, too.See Loading Your If youre using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailer
Vehicle in the Index for more information about your tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded
vehicles maximum loadcapacity. trailer weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing
hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of
the total loaded trailer weight (B).
After youve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they arent, you may be able to getthem right
simply by moving some items around in the trailer.

4-35
Total Weight on Your Vehicles Tires Safety Chains
Be sure your vehicles tires are inflatedto the upper limit You should always attach chains between your vehicle
for cold tires. Youll find these numbers on the and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
Tie-Loading Information Label at the rear edge of the of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road
drivers door,or see Loading Your Vehicle in the Index. if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions
Then be sureyou dont go over the GVW limit for your about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
vehicle, including the weight of thetrailer tongue. manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturers recommendation for attaching safety
Hitches chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
Its important to have the correct hitch equipment. leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and roughroads are a And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
few reasons why youll need the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow: Trailer Brakes
0 The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for Does your trailer have its own brakes? Be sure to read
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so
youll be able to install, adjust and maintain them
bumper-type hitches to it. Use only a frame-mounted
properly. Because you have anti-lock brakes, do not try
hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
to tap into your vehicles brake system. If you do, both
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your brake systems wont work well, or at all.
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove Driving with a Trailer
the hitch. If you dontseal them, deadly carbon Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your Before setting out for the open road, youll want to get
vehicle (see Carbon Monoxide in the Index). Dirt to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
and water can, too. handling and braking with the added weight of the

4-36
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are Backing Up
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector, hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has possible, have someone guide you.
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure Making Turns
the brakes are working. This letsyou check your
electrical connection at the sametime.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the
NOTICE:
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
are still working. Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
Following Distance vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you making very sharp turns while trailering.
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking When youre turning with a trailer, make wider turns than
and sudden turns. normal. Do this so your trailer wont strikesoft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, treesor other objects. Avoid jerky or
Passing sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Youll need more passing distance up ahead when
youre towing a trailer. And, because youre a good deal
longer, youll need to gomuch farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.

4-37
Wrn Signals WhenTowing a Trailer Driving On Grades
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasher and/or extra wiring. Check
with your Chevrolet dealer. The green arrows on your NOTICE:
instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lanechange. Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding
will also flash, telling other drivers youre about to turn, 6 miles (9.6 km). Extended, higher than normal
change lanes or stop. engine and transaxle temperatures may result
and damage your vehicle. Frequent stops are
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on very importantto allow the engine and transaxle
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may thinkdrivers to cool.
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. Its
important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start
bulbs are still working. down a long or steep downgrade. If you dont shift
down, you might have touse your brakes so much that
they would get hot and no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
Pay attention to the engine coolant gage. If the indicator
is in the red area, turn off the air conditioning (if you
have this option) to reduce engine load (see Engine
Overheating in the Index).

4-38
Parking on Hills When You Are Ready to Leave After
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer Parking on aHill
attached, on a hill.If something goes wrong, your rig 1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
could start to move. People can be injured, and both while you:
your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
Start your engine;
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, heres
how to do it: Shift into a gear; and
1. Apply your regular brakes, but dont shift into Release the parking brake.
PARK (P) yet. 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. 3. Drive slowly until the traileris clear of the chocks.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the 4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking
brake, and then shift to PARK(P).
5 . Release the regular brakes.

4-39
Maintenance When Trailer Towing Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when youre Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during
pulling a trailer. Seethe Maintenance Schedulefor more severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer in the Index.
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (dont overfill),
engine oil, drive belt, cooling system and brake Towing a Trailer (Except Models
adjustment. Each of theseis covered in this manual, and with 2.4L Engine and 4-Speed
the Index will help you find them quickly. If youre
trailering, its a good idea to review these sections Automatic Transaxle)
before you start your trip. Do not tow a trailerif your vehicle is:
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts a convertible model.
are tight. equipped with a 2.2L (Code 4) engine.
equipped with a manual transaxle or a three-speed
automatic transaxle.

4-40
fi NOTES

4-41
fi NOTES

4-42
0Section 5 Problems on the Road

Here youll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road.

5-2 Hazard Warning Flashers 5- 16 Cooling System


5-3 Other Warning Devices 5-23 If a Tire Goes Flat
5-3 Jump Starting 5-23 Changing a Flat Tire
5-8 Towing Your Vehicle 5-33 Compact Spare Tire
5-14 Engine Overheating 5-34 If Youre Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow

5-1
Hazard Warning Flashers Move the switch to the right
to make your front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on
and off.

Your hazard warning flashers work nomatter what


position your key is in, and even if the key isnt in.

L
To turn off the flashers, move the switch to the left.
When the hazard warning flashers areon, your turn
signals wont work.
Your hazard warning flashers letyou warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.

5-2
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
NOTICE:
the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle. Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldnt be covered by
Jump Starting your warranty.
If your battery has run down, you may want to use Trying to start your vehicle by pushingor puang
another vehicle and some jumper cables startto your it wont work, and itcould damage your vehicle.
vehicle. But please follow the steps below to do
it safely.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.

I NOTICE: I
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because: If the othersystem isnta 12-volt system witha
They contain acid that can burn you. negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
They contain gas that can explode or ignite. I

They contain enough electricity to


burn you.
If you dont follow thesesteps exactly, some
or all of these things can hurt you.

5-3
2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables I 1
can reach, but be sure the vehicles arent touching NOTICE:
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you dont want. You wouldnt be able to If you leave your radio on,
it could be badly
start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could damaged. The repairs wouldnt be covered by
damage the electrical systems.
your warranty.
To avoid the possibilityof the vehicles rolling, set
the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved
in thejump start procedure. Putan automatic 4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries.
transaxle in PARK (P) or a manual transaxle in
NEUTRAL (N) before setting the parking brake. I
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette
lighter. Turnoff all lamps that arent needed as well An electric fan can start up even when me engine
as radios. This will avoid sparks andhelp save both is not running and can injure you. Keep hands,
batteries. In addition,it could save your radio. clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.

5. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on


each battery.

5-4
6. Check that thejumper cables dont have loose or

I
A CAUTION: missing insulation.If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Using a match near a battery cancause battery Before you connect the cables, here are some
gas to explode, People have beenhurt doing this, basic things you should know. Positive (+) will go
to positive (+) and negative (-) will go to a
and some have been blinded,Use a flashlight if
metal engine part. Dont connect positive(+) to
you needmore light. negative (-) or youll get a short that would
Be sure the battery has enough water. You dont damage the battery and maybe other parts, too.
need to add water to the AC Delco Freedom@
battery installed in every new GM vehicle. But if
a battery hasfiller caps, be sure the right amount
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care I A CAUTION:
of that first. If you dont, explosive gas could Fans or other moving engineparts can injure
you
be present. badly. Keepyour hands away from moving parts
Battery fluid contains acid that can burnyou. once the engine is running.
Dont get it on you. If you accidentally getit in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medicalhelp immediately.

5-5
8. Dont let the other end
touch metal. Connect it
to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.

I I
9. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to
7. Remove the red plastic cap, and connect the red
the good batterys
positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
negative (-) terminal.
of the vehicle with the deadbattery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Dont let the other end
touch anything until the
next step. The otherend
of the negative cable
duesn t go to the
dead battery.

It goes to a heavy unpainted metal part on the engine


of the vehicle with the dead battery.
5-6
+
I - B

10. Attach the cable at least18 inches (45 cm) away A. H - - - ~ Metal
y Engine Part
from the deadbattery, but not near engine parts that B. Good Battery
move. The electrical connection just
is asgood
there, but the chance of sparks getting backto the C . Dead Battery
battery is much less.
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine fora while.
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.If it
wont start after a few tries, it probably needs service.
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they dont touch
each otheror any other metal.
5-7
Towing Your Vehicle 0 The make, model and year of your vehicle.
Try to have a Chevrolet dealeror a professional towing Whether you can still move the shift lever.
service tow your vehicle. They canprovide the right If there was an accident, what was damaged.
equipment and know how to tow your vehicle without
damage. (See Roadside Assistance in the Index.) When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains detailed towing
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it instructions and illustrations. The operator may want to
was factory-new by adding aftermarket itemslike fog see them.
lamps, aeroskirting, or special tires and wheels, these
instructions and illustrations may not be correct.
I I
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannot be towed with
sling-type equipment.
0 That your vehicle cannot be towed from the rear with
the front wheels on the ground.
0 That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.

5-8
A CAUTION: A CAUTION:
To help avoid injury to you or others: A vehicle can fall from a car carrierif it isnt
0 Never let passengers ride in a vehiclethat is adequately secured. This can cause a collision,
being towed. serious personal injury andvehicle damage.The
0 Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds. vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or
0 Never tow with damaged parts not steel cables beforeit is transported.
fully secured. Dont use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
0 Never get under your vehicle after it has canvas webbing, etc.)that can be cut by sharp
been lifted bythe tow truck. edges underneath the towed vehicle. Always use
0 Always secure the vehicle on each side with T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use
separate safety chains when towing it. J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and
0 Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead. suspension components.

When your vehicle isbeing towed, have the ignition key


turned to OFF. The steering wheel should be clamped in
a straight-ahead position, with a clamping device
designed for towing service. Do not use the vehicles
steering column lock for this. The transaxle shouldbe in
NEUTRAL (N) and the parking brake released.

5-9
Front Towing

Attach T-hook chains into the slots in the bottom of the


floor pan, just behind the front wheels, on both sides.
These slots are to beused when loading and securing to
car-carrier equipment.
Before hooking up to a tow truck, be sure toread all
the information in Towing Your Vehicleearlier in
this section.

5-10
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-typeequipment or
fascidfog lamp damage will occur. Use wheel-lift
or car-carrierequipment. Additionalramping
may be required for car-carrierequipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over roughsurfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damagecan occur from vehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage,install a towing dollyand
raise vehicle until adequate clearance is obtained
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment. Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to of each lower controlarm.
suspension components when using car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.

5-11
Rear Towing to read all the
Before hooking up to a tow truck, be sure
information in TowingYour Vehicle earlier in this
section. Alsobe sure to use the proper hookupfor your
NOTICE: particular vehicle.

Towing dolly required under front wheels when


equipped with automatic transaxleor damage
will occur.

Attach T-hook chains on both sides in the slotted holes


in the bottomof the frame rail,just ahead of the rear
wheels. These slots are to be used when loading and
securing to car-carrier equipment.
Place thefront wheels on a towingdolly or place the
vehicle on a car carrier.

5-12
NOTICE:
Do not tow your vehicle from the rearwith the
front wheels on the ground or your transaxle can
be damaged.Do not tow with sling-type
equipment or rear fascia willbe damaged. Use
wheel-lift or c a r carrier equipment. Additional
ramping may be required for car-carrier
equipment. Use safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle overrough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damagecan occur from vehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage, install a towing dollyand Attach a separate safety chain to each side of the axle
raise vehicle until adequate clearance is obtained inboard of the rear shock absorber attachment. (Do not
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment. use the chain as a tie-down.)
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to
suspension components when using car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.

5-13
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage and a low
coolant warning light on your vehicles instrument
panel. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage and Steam from an overheated enginecan burnyou
Low Coolant Warning Light in the Index. badly, evenif you just open the hood. Stayaway
from the engine if you seeor hear steam coming
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
from it. Just turn itoff and get everyoneaway
from the vehicle until it cools down. Waituntil
there is no sign of steam or coolant beforeyou
open the hood,
If you keepdriving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or
others could be badlyburned. Stop your engineif
it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine iscool.

NOTICE:
If your engine catchesfire because you keep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged,The costly repairs would not be
covered by yourwarranty.

5-14
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slowerfor about 10 minutes.
If you get the overheat warning butsee or hear no If the warning doesnt come back on, you can
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes drive normally.
the engine can get little
a too hot when you:
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
Climb a long hill on a hot day. vehicle rightaway.
0 Stop after high-speed driving.
If theres still no sign of steam, youcan idle the engine
0 Idle for long periods in traffic. for two or three minutes while youre parked, to see if
the warning stops. But then,if you still have the
0 Tow a trailer.
warning, turn oflthe engine and get everyoneout of the
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam, vehicle until it cools down.
try this for a minuteor so:
You may decide not tolift the hood butto get service
1. If you have an air conditioner, turnit off. help right away.
2. Turn on your heater tofull hot at the highestfan
speed and openthe window as necessary.
3. If youre in a trafficjam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (D) for
four-speed automatic or DRIVE (D) for three-speed
automatic transaxles.

5-15
Cooling System
When you decide its safe to lift the
hood, heres what
youll see:

2.4L Engine
A. Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap
B. Electric Engine Cooling Fan
2.2L Engine
A. Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap
B. Electric Engine Cooling Fan

5-16
If it isnt, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses,
heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in
the cooling system.
I
An electric engine coolingfan under thehood can
start upeven whenthe engine is notrunning and
can injureyou. Keephands, clothing and tools
away from any underhood electric fan. L,,,,s and radiatorhoses, and othei - n g L
parts, can be very hot. Dont touch them.If you
If the coolant inside the coolant surge tankis boiling, do, you can be burned.
dont do anything else until it cools down. Dont run the engine if there is a leak.If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant.That could
cause an engine fire, and you could beburned.
Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive thevehicle.

NOTICE:
Engine damage from running your engine
without coolant isnt covered
by your warranty.

The coolant level should be at the


FULL COLD line.
5-17
If there seems to beno leak, with the engineon, check to
see if the electric engine cooling fan is running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan should be running.it If
isnt, your vehicle needs service.
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
How toAdd Coolant to the Coolant system can blow out and burnyou badly. They
Surge Tank are under pressure, and if you turn the coolant
-- --
If you havent found a problem yet, but the coolant level surge tank pressure cap even alittle they
isnt at theFULL COLD mark, adda 50/50 mixture of can come out at high speed. Neverturn the cap
clean water (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL@ when the cooling system, includingthe coolant
coolant at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the cooling surge tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cooling systemand coolant surge tankpressure
cool before you doit. (See Engine Coolant in the cap to cool if you ever have to turnthe
Index for more information.) pressure cap.

5-18
1
Adding onlyplain wirccr to your cooling system
can be dangerous.Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol,can boil beforethe proper
coolant mixture will. Your vehicle's coolant
warning system is set for the proper coolant
mixture. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,
your engine could get too hot but you wouldn't
get the overheat warning. Your engine could
catch fire andyou or others could beburned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean water and
DEX-COOL@coolant.

5-19
NOTICE:
In cold weather,water can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and otherparts. So
use the recommended coolan-.

r-- -
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot 1. You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap
enough. Don't spillcoolant on ahot engine. when the cooling system, including the coolant surge
tank pressure capand upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.Turn the pressure cap slowly about
one-quarter turn to the left and then stop.
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressureleft.

5-20
2. Then keep turning the
pressure cap slowly,
and remove it.

3. Then fill the coolant surge tank with the proper


mixture, up to the FULL COLD mark.

5-21
5. Then replace the
pressure cap.Be sure
the pressure cap is tight.

Check the level in the surge tank when the cooling


4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the
system has cooled down.If the coolant isn't at the
proper level, repeat Steps1 to 3 and reinstall the
engine and letit run until you canfeel the upper
radiator hose getting hot.Watch out for the engine pressure cap orsee your dealer.
cooling fan.
By this time,the coolant level inside the coolant
surge tank may be lower. If the levelis lower, add
more of the proper mixture tothe coolant surge tank
until the level reaches theFULL COLD mark.

5-22
If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire
Its unusual for a tire to blow out while youre
driving, If a tire goesflat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
especially if you maintain your tires properly.
If air goes by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
out of a tire, its much more likely leak
to out slowly. w--+q- ?ashers.
But if you should ever have a blowout, here are a few
tips about what to expect and what to do: I

If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward thatside. Take your footoff the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to can slip off the jack androll overyou or other
a stop wellout of the trafficlane. people. You and they could be badly injured.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a Find a level placeto change your tire. To help
skid and may requirethe same correction youd use in a prevent the vehicle from moving:
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your footfrom the 1. Set the parking brakefirmly.
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by 2. Put anautomatic transaxle shift lever in
steering the wayyou want the vehicle to go. It may be
PARK (P),or shift a manual transaxle to
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop-- well off the road if possible. FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R).
3. n r n off the engine.
If a tire goesflat, the next part shows howto use your
jacking equipment to change flat a tire safely. To be even more certain thevehicle wont move,
you can putblocks at the front and rearof the
tire farthestaway from the one being changed.
That would bethe tireon the otherside of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.

5-23
Removing the Spare Tire andTools
The equipment youll need
is in the trunk. Turn the
center retainer nut on the
compact spare coverto the
left to removeit.

Lift and remove the cover. See Compact Spare Tire


later in this section
for more information about the
compact spare.

The following steps will tell you how to use jack


the and
change a tire.

5-24
Remove the jack and wheel wrench from thetrunk. Your
vehicle's jack and wheel wrench are stored in a foam
tray. Remove the band around the jack.

1 L

4 Turn the wing bolt to the


' left and remove it. Then
lift off the adapter and
remove the spare tire.
The tools you'll be using include the jack(A) and
wheel wrench (B).
I

5-25
Removing the FlatTire and Installing the
Spare Tire
1. Using the wheel wrench,
remove,. -
the plastic
-.
nut
caps (if equipped).

2. On some models, a cover plate must be removed to


find the wheel nuts. Carefully use the wedge end of
the wheel wrench to pry it off.
Then use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel
nuts. Dont remove them yet.

5-26
A CAUTION:
G&ng under a vehicle wl1m it is JaLried uk1s
dangerous. If the vehicle slipsoff the jack,you
could be badly injured or killed. Never getunder
a vehicle whenit is supported only bya jack.

I
18 (46cm) 18 (46cm)

Raising your vehicle withthe jack improperly


3. Near each wheel well is a notch in the frame which positioned can damage the vehicle and even
the jack head fits in. The front notch is 9 inches
(23 cm) back from the front wheel well. The rear make the vehicle fall.To help avoid personal
notch is 8 inches (20 cm) forward from the rear injury andvehicle damage, besure tofit the jack
wheel well. As shown in the diagram, if your vehicle lift headinto the properlocation beforeraising
has flared sidemoldings, both front and rear notches ~ the vehicle.
are 18 inches (46 cm) fromthe wheel wells.
Position the jack and raise the jack head until it fits
firmly into the notch in the vehicles frame nearest
the flat tire. Put thecompact spare tire near you.
4. Raise the vehicle by rotating thejack handle to the 6 . If you have a wheel cover, use your fingers to
right. Raise the vehiclefar enough off the groundso carefully pull the wheel cover from the wheel. Then
there is enough roomfor the spare tire tofit. remove the flat tire.
5. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

5-28
7. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
h CAUTION: I
spare wheel.
Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts. If you
do, the nuts might comeloose, Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident,

1 8. Place the spare on the


wheel-mounting
surface. Replace the
wheel nuts with the
rounded end of the nuts
toward the wheel.
Rust or dirt on the w t d , or on thc ,";o Tighten each nut by
which it is fastened, can make the wheel nuts hand or with the wheel
become looseafter a time. The wheel could come wrench until the wheel
off and cause an accident. When you change a is held against the hub.
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the places
where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to dothis; but be sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later, if you need to,to get all the rustor
dirt off.

5-29
' A CAUTION:
I

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened


wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose
and even come off.This could leadto an accident.
Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts.If you have
to replace them,be sure toget newGM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the
nuts tightened with atorque wrench to 100 lb-ft
(140 Nem).
9. Lower the vehicleby rotating thejack handle to the
left. Lower thejack completely.

10. Tighten the wheel nuts NOTICE:


firmly in a crisscross
sequence, as shown. Improperly tightened wheelnuts can leadto
brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tightenthe wheel
nuts in the propersequence and to the proper
torque specification.

5-30
Store the wheel cover and wheel nut caps in the trunk
until you havethe flat tire repaired or replaced. m\ H

I NOTICE:
Wheel covers wontfit on your compact spare.If
you try to put a wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damagethe cover or the spare.

Storing the Flat Tire and Tools

Storing a jack, a tire orother equipment in the A.Wrench E. Extension


passenger compartmentof the vehicle could B. Jack E WingBolt
cause injury.In a sudden stopor collision, loose (Extension Installed)
C. Flat Road Tire G. Cover
equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these
in the proper place. D. Adapter H. Nut
Store the flat tire in the compact
spare tire compartment
and secure the adapter, extension (aluminum wheel
only) and wing bolt.Store the jack and wheel wrench in
the foam tray.

5-31
Tools
Storing the Spare Tire and
m\ L
G
F

Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the


passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.

The compact spare isfor temporary use only. Replace


the compact sparetire with a full-size tireas soon as you
can. See Compact Spare Tire in the Index. See the
storage instructions label to replace your compact spare
into your trunk properly. A.Wrench E. Wing Bolt
B.Jack E Cover
C. Spare Tire G. Nut
D. Adapter

5-32
Compact Spare Tire
Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when
NOTICE:
your vehicle was new,it can lose air aftera time. Check
the inflation pressure regularly. It should 60be psi When the compact spare is installed, donttake
(420 Wa). your vehicle through an automatic car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can getcaught on
After installing the compact spare on your vehicle, the rails. That can damage the tire andwheel,
you should stop as soon as possible and make sure
your sparetire is correctly inflated.The compact and maybe other partsof your vehicle.
spare is made to perform wellat speeds up to65 mph
( 105 km/h) for distances up to3,000 miles (5 000 km), Dont use your compact spare on other vehicles.
so you can finish yourtrip and have your full-size tire
repaired or replaced where you want.Of course, its And dont mix your compact spare tireor wheel with
best to replace your spare with a full-size tire as soon other wheels or tires. They wontfit. Keep your spare
as you can. Your spare will last longer and be in good tire and its wheel together.
shape in caseyou need it again.
NOTICE:
Tire chains wont fit your compact spare. Using
them can damage your vehicle and candamage
the chains too. Dont use tire chains on your
compact spare.

5-33
If Youre Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow NOTICE:
What you dont want to do when your vehicle is stuck is Spinning your wheels can destroyparts of your
to spin your wheelstoo fast. The method known as vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels
rocking can help you get out when youre stuck, but too fast while shiftingyour transaxle back and
you must use caution.
forth, you can destrov vourtransaxle.

For information about using tire chains on your


vekfe,
I see Tire Chains in the Index.
If you let your tires spin at high speed, theycan Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out
explode, and you or others could beinjured. And,
the transaxle or other partsof the vehicle can First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
overheat. That could causean engine clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear
compartment fire or other damage. When youre (or with a manual transaxle, between FIRST (1) or
stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Dont SECOND ( 2 ) and REVERSE (R)), spinning the wheels
spin the wheels above35 mph (55 km/h) as shown (If your vehicle has the Enhanced
as little as possible.
on the speedometer. Traction System, shift back and forth between
REVERSE (R) and FIRST(1) or SECOND (2),
spinning the wheels aslittle as possible.) Release the
accelerator pedal whileyou shift, and press lightly on
the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear. If
that doesnt getyou out after a few tries,you may need
to be towed out. If you do need to be towed out, see
Towing Your Vehicle inthe Index.

5-34
b% NOTES

5-35
b NOTES

5-36
0 Section 6 ServiceandAppearanceCare
I

Here you will find information about the


care of your vehicle. This section begins with service and fuel informatio
and thenit shows how to check important fluid and lubricantlevels. There is also technical information about your
vehicle, and a part devoted its
to appearance care.

6-2 Service 6-30 Windshield Washer Fluid


6-3 Fuel 6-3 1 Brakes
6-5 Fuels in Foreign Countries 6-35 Battery
6-5 Filling Your Tank 6-35 Bulb Replacement
6-7 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6-40 Tires
6- 8 Checking Things Underthe Hood 6-48 Appearance Care
6- 12 Engine Oil 6-49 Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle
6- 17 Air Cleaner 6-5 1 Care of Safety Belts
6-18 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (Three-SpeedOnly) 6-52 Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
6-2 1 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (Four-Speed Only) 6-53 Cleaning Your Convertible Top
6-22 Manual Transaxle Fluid 6-57 Vehicle Identification Number(VIN)
6-24 Hydraulic Clutch 6-58 Electrical System
6-25 Engine Coolant 6-63 Replacement Bulbs
6-28 Surge Tank Pressure Cap 6-63 Capacities and Specifications
6-28 Thermostat 6-64 Air Conditioning Refrigerants
6-29 Power Steering Fluid 6-64 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts

6-1
Service Doing Your Own Service Work
Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to If you want to do someof your own service work, youll
be happy withit. We hope youll go to your dealer for want to use the proper Chevrolet Service Manual.
It tells
all your service needs. Youll get genuine
GM parts and you much more about how to service your vehiclethan
GM-trained and supportedservice people. this manual can.To order the proper service manual. see
Service and Owner Publications in the Index.
We hope youll wantto keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts haveone of these marks: Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
do your own service work,see Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Vehicle in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
date of any service work you
the mileage and the
Genuine perform. See Maintenance Record in the Index.

6-2
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated 87
at octane or
higher. At a minimum,it should meet specifications
You can be injureu and p u r vehicle could be ASTM D4814 in the UnitedStates and CGSB 3.5-M93
damaged if you try to do service work on a in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have been
vehicle without knowing enough about it. developed by the American Automobile Manufacturers
Association (AAMA) for better vehicle performance
Be sure you have suffkient knowledge, and engine protection. Gasolines meeting theAAMA
experience, theproper replacement parts specification could provide improved driveability and
and tools beforeyou attempt any vehicle emission control system protection compared to
maintenance task. other gasolines.
0 Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
Be sure the posted octaneis at least 87. If the octaneis
other fasteners. Englishand 6Lmetric less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
fasteners can be easily confused,If you use you drive. If its bad enough, it can damage your engine.
the wrong fasteners,parts can later break
or fall off. You couldbe hurt. If youre using fuel rated 87
at octane or higher and you
hear heavy knocking, yourengine needs service. But
dont worryif you hear alittle pinging noise when
Adding Equipment tothe Outside of youre accelerating or driving up a hill. Thats normal,
and you dont have to buy a higher octane fuel to getrid
Your Vehicle of pinging. Its the heavy, constant knock that means
Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can you have a problem.
affect the airflow aroundit. This may cause wind noise
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with
your dealer before adding equipment the to outside of
your vehicle.

6-3
If your vehicleis certified to meet California Emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United States
Standards (indicated onthe underhood emission control are now required to contain additives that will help
label), it is designedto operate onfuels that meet prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel
California specifications.If such fuels are not available system, allowing your emission control system to
in states adopting California emissions standards, your function properly. Therefore, you should not have to add
vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting anything tothe fuel. In addition, gasolines containing
federal specifications, but emission control system oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, and
performance may be affected.The malfunction indicator reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to
lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and/or your help clean the air. General Motors recommends that you
vehicle mayfail a smog-check test. If this occurs, return use these gasolines if they comply with the
to your authorized Chevrolet dealer for diagnosis to specifications described earlier.
determine the causeof failure. In the event it is
determined thatthe cause of the condition is the type of
fuels used, repairs may not be covered by your warranty. NOTICE:
Some gasolines thatare not reformulated for low
emissions containan octane-enhancing additive called Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT); contains methanol. Dont use it. It can corrode
ask your service station operator whether or not his fuel metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
contains MMT. General Motors does not recommend the plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldnt
use of such gasolines.If fuels containing MMT are used, be covered under your warranty.
spark pluglife may be reduced and your emission
control system performance may be affected. The
malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel
may turn on. If this occurs, returnto your authorized
Chevrolet dealerfor service.

6-4
Fuels in Foreign Countries Filli~ : YourTank
If you planon driving in another country outsidethe
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any otherfuel not
recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by useof improper fuel wouldnt be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an autoclub, or
contact a majoroil company that does businessin the
country where youll be driving.
You can also write us atthe following addressfor
advice. Just tell us where youre going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number(VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioLlH 8P7

Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns


very bad injuries.
violently, and that can cause
Dont smoke if youre neargasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
I
6-5
If you get gasolineon yourself and then
something ignites it,you could be badlyburned.
Gasoline canspray outon youif you openthe
fuel fillercap too quickly. This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Openthe fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any hiss noiseto stop. Then unscrew
the cap all the way.
~~ ~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~~~ ~~

Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline


from
The capis behind a hinged door on the right side of painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Cleaning the
your vehicle. Outside of Your Vehicle in the Index.
While refueling, hang the tethered cap inside the fuel
door by placing the fuel capstrap in the strap hanger.
To remove the cap, turnit slowly to the left
(counterclockwise). The cap has a springit;inif you let
go of the cap too soon, it will spring back
to the right.

6-6
When you put the cap back on,turn it to the right Filling a Portable Fuel Container
(clockwise) untilyou hear a clicking sound. Make sure
you fully installthe cap. The diagnostic system can
determine if the he1 cap has been leftoff or improperly
installed. This would allow fuelto evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp in
the Index. Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in
your vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the gasoline vapor. You can
NOTICE: be badly burnedand your vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoidinjury to you and others:
If you need a new cap, besure to getthe right Dispense gasoline only into approved
type. Your dealer can get onefor you. If you get containers.
the wrong type,it may notfit properly. This may Do not fill a container while it is inside a
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light vehicle, ina vehicles trunk, pickup bedor
and your fueltank and emissions system may be on any surfaceother than the ground.
damaged. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp in Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the
the Index. inside of the fill opening before operating
the nozzle. Contact should be maintained
until the filling complete.
is
Dont smoke while pumping gasoline.

6-7
Zhecking Things Under the Hood The following sections tell you how to check fluids,
lubricants and important parts underhood.

A CAUTION: Hood Release


To open the hood, first pull
hood can start up and
An electric fan under the the handle inside the vehicle
injure you even whenthe engine is not running. on the drivers side under
the instrument panel.
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.

I
A CAUTION:
Things that burncan get on hot engineparts and
start a fire. These includeliquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant,brake fluid, windshield washerand
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could beburned. Be careful not to drop orspill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.

6-8
Before closing the hood, be sure the all filler caps are on
properly. Thenlift the hood to relieve pressure on the
Then go to the front of the vehicle andlift the secondary hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the in slot
the
hood release handle. hood and return the prop its to retainer. Lowerthe hood
To make sure thatthe secondary hood release handle 8 to 10 inches (20 to 25 cm) above the vehicle and
works properly, lubricate the hood latch
at least once release so that it will latch fully. Check to make sure the
a year. hood is closed and repeat if necessary.

6-9
2.2L Engine (Code 4)
When you open the hood, you'll see:

A. Coolant Surge Tank E. Hydraulic Clutch Fluid G. Air Cleaner


B. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Reservoir (If Equipped) H. Battery
C. Engine Oil Fill CapDipstick F. Automatic Transaxle Fluid 1. Windshield Washer
D. Brake Fluid Reservoir Dipstick (If Equipped) Fluid Reservoir

6-10
2.4L Engine (Code T)
When you open the hood, you'll see:

A. Coolant Surge Tank D. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir G. Battery


B. Engine Oil Fill Cap E. Brake Fluid Reservoir H. Air Cleaner
C. Engine Oil Dipstick F. Hydraulic Clutch Fluid I. Windshield Washer
Reservoir (If Equipped) Fluid Reservoir

6-11
Engine Oil
It's a good idea to check your engine oilevery time you
get fuel.In order to getan accurate reading, the oilmust
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.

Check the oil hereif you


have a 2.2L engine.

Check the oil here if you have a 2.4L engine. The


dipstick's handle will be a yellow ring.
Turn off the engineand give the oil a few minutes to
drain back into the oil pan. If you don't, the oil dipstick
might notshow the actual level.

6-12
Checking Engine Oil
Pull out thedipstick and clean it with a paper towel or I NOTICE:
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again.
keeping the tip down, andcheck the level. Dont add too much oil. If your engine hasso
much oil that the oil level
gets above the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine could be damaged.

When to Add Engine Oil


If the oil isat or below the ADD mark, then youll need
to add at least one quartof oil. But you must use the
right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to use. For
crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications This is where you add oil if you have a 2.2L engine.
in the Index.

6-13
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by
looking for the Starburst symbol. This symbol
indicates that the oil has been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.

If you change your own


oil, be sure you use oil
that has the Starburst
symbol on thefront of
the oil container.

This is where you add oil if you have a 2.4L engine.


Be sureto fill it enough to putthe level somewherein
the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when youre through.
If you have your oil changed for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine isAmerican Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also usethe proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:

6-14
As shown in the chart,SAE 5W-30 is best for your
I RECOMMENDED UlSCOSlTV
SAE GRADE ENGINE OILS vehicle. However, you can use SAE low-30 if it's going
I FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAL VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTEDTEMPERATURERANGE.
to be0" F (- 18" C)or above. These numbers on an oil
container show its viscosity, or thickness.Do not use
other viscosity oils, suchas SAE 20W-50.
WOK
HOT FOR THIS
WEATHER SYMBOL NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
"Starburst" symbol. Failureto use the
+60--+16 recommended oil can result in engine damage not
covered by your warranty.
+40- -+4
+20- - - 7
GM Goodwrench@ oil meets all the requirements
for
0---18
your vehicle.
If you are in an area where the temperature falls below
SAE CW-30
PREFERRED
-20F (-29"C),consider using either an S A E 5W-30
synthetic oilor an SAE OW-30 oil. Both will provide
/
easier cold starting and better protection
for your engine
COLD
WEATHER at extremely low temperatures.
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED

6-15
Engine Oil Additives If none of them is true, use the longtriphighway
maintenance schedule. Change the oiland filter every
Dont add anything to your oil. Your dealer is ready to 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever
advise if you think something should be added. occurs first.Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed
When to Change EngineOil engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to
break down slower.
If any oneof these is true for you, use the short tripkity
maintenance schedule: Wh . ~ 1:I Do with Used Oil
e Most trips are lessthan 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Did you know that used engine oil containscertain
This is particularly important when outside elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
temperatures are below freezing. even cause cancer?Dont let used oil stay on yourskin
e Most trips include extensive for very long. Cleanyour skin and nails with soap and
idling (such as frequent
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
0 Most tripsare through dusty areas. the manufacturers warnings about theuse and disposal
0 You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of of oil products.)
your vehicle. Used oil can bea real threat to the environment. If you
e The vehicle is used for delivery service,police, taxi change your own oil,be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
or other commercial application. from the filter before disposal. Dont ever disposeof oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
Driving under these conditions causes engine to oil sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Instead,
break downsooner. If any one of these is true foryour recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever ask yourdealer, a service station or a local recycling
occurs first. center for help.

6-16
Air Cleaner

To check or replace the filter, remove the screws that


hold the cover on and lift the cover.Be sure to reinstall
The air cleaner is located on the drivers side of the the air cleaner filter and replace the cover tightly.
engine compartment near the battery. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See Scheduled Maintenance Services in the Index.

6-17
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(Three-Speed Only)
Operating the engine withthe air cleaner off can When to Check and Change
cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if the engine level is when the engine oil is changed.
backfires. If it isnt there, and theengine Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
backfires, you could be burned. Dont drive with (83 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
it off, and be careful working onthe engine with more of these conditions:
the air cleaner off. In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90F (32C) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
NOTICE: When doing frequent trailer towing.
0 Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
damaging engine fire. And,dirt can easily get conditions, the fluid and filter
do not require changing.
into your engine, which willdamage it. Always
have the air cleaner in place whenyoure driving. See Scheduled Maintenance Services in the Index.

6-18
How to Check In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may While pulling a trailer.
choose to havethis done at your Chevrolet dealership To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
Service Department. operating temperature, which is 180F to 200 "F
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions (82C to 93C).
here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick. Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km) when outside temperatures are above 50F
(10C). If it's colder than 50F (lO"C), you may
NOTICE: have to drive longer.
Too much or too little fluid can damage your Checking the Fluid Level
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the 0 Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts engine running.
or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be sure to
0 With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
get an accurate reading if you check your
in PARK (P).
transaxle fluid.
0 With your footon the brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausing for about
Wait at least30 minutes before checking the transaxle three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
fluid level if you have been driving: lever inPARK (P).
0 When outside temperatures are above 90F (32C). 0 Let the engine run at idle forthree to five minutes.
0 At high speed for quite a while.

6-19
Then, without shuttingoff the engine, follow these steps: 1- 3. Check both sides
of the dipstick,
1. If you have a three speed and read the lower
automatic transaxle, the level. The fluid
handle on the transaxle level must be in the
dipstick is a red ring. cross-hatched area.
Pull out the dipstick and
wipe it with aclean rag
or paper towel.

4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the


dipstick back in all the way.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pull it back out again. How to Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants in the Index.
If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level into the cross-hatched area on
the dipstick.

6-20
1. Pull out the dipstick. Automatic Transaxle Fluid
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the (Four-Speed Only)
dipstick hole to bring
it to the proper level.
It is not necessaryto check the transaxle fluidlevel.
Itdoesnttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanAtransaxlefluidleak is the onlyreason for fluid loss.
pint (0.5 L). Dont ove$ZZ.
one Ifleak
aoccurs,
take
the
vehicle
your
toChevrolet
dealership Service Department and have it repaired as
soon as possible. You may also have your fluid level
NOTICE: checked by your dealer or service center when you have
your oil changed.
We recommend you use only fluid labeled
Change both the fluid andfilter every 50,000 miles
DEXRON@-III,because fluid with that label is (83 000 km)if the vehicleis mainly driven underone or
made especially for your automatic transaxle. more of these conditions:
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-I11
0 In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
regularly reaches90 O F (32O C ) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
3. After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as
described
under
How
Check.
to 0 When
doing
frequent
trailer
towing.
4. When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the 0 Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
dipstick back in allthe way.

6-21
If you do nor use your vehicleunder any of these How to Check
conditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
Because thisoperation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this doneat your Chevrolet dealership
NOTICE: Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions
We recommend you use only fluid labeled here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.
DEXR0N'-111, because fluid withthat label is
made especially for your automatic transaxle.
Damage causedby fluid other thanDEXRON-I11 ITICE:
is not covered byyour new vehiclewarranty.
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
manual transaxle. Too much can mean that some
Manual Transaxle Fluid of the fluid could comeout andfall on hot engine
1 parts or exhaust system parts, startinga fire. Be
When to Check sure to get an accuratereading if you check your
A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is transaxle fluid.
changed. However, the fluid in yourmanual transaxle
doesn't require changing.
Check thefluid level only when your engine is off, the
vehicle is parked on a level place and the manual
transaxle is coolenough for you to rest your fingers on
the transaxle case.

6-22
Then, follow these steps:

1. The manual transaxle


dipstick is located
below the brake
master cylinder, near
the rear of the
transaxle case. Flip the
handle up and then
pull out the dipstick
and clean it with a rag
or paper towel.

2. Push it back in all the way and remove it.


3. Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be between the ADD and
FULL marks. (Note: Fluid may appear at the bottom
of the dipstick even when the fluid level is several
pints low.)
4. If the fluid level is where it should be, push the
dipstick back in all the way and flip the handle
down. If the fluid level is low, add more fluid as
described in the next steps.

6-23
How to Add Fluid When to Checkand What to Use
Heres how to add fluid. Refer to the Maintenance
Schedule to determine what kindof fluid to use. See
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Index.
1. Remove the dipstick by flipping the handle up and
then pulling the dipstick out.
2. Add fluid at the dipstick hole.
Add only enough fluid to bring the fluid level up to
the FULL mark onthe dipstick.
3. Push the dipstick back in all the way; then flip the
handle down to lock the dipstick in place.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulic clutch linkagein your vehicle is
self-adjusting. The clutch master cylinder reservoir
is Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how
filled with hydraulic clutch
fluid. often you should check the fluid level in your clutch
It isnt a good idea to top
off your clutchfluid. Adding master cylinder reservoir andfor the proper fluid. See
fluid wont correct a leak. Owner Checks and Services and Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants in the Index.
A fluid lossin this system could indicate a problem.
Have the system inspected and repaired.

6-24
How to Check Protect against rust and corrosion.
You do not need to checkthe fluid level unlessyou Help keep the proper engine temperature.
suspect a clutch problem. To check the fluidlevel, take Let the warning lights and gages work as
the capoff. If the fluid reachesthe step inside the they should.
reservoir, the fluid level is correct.
Engine Coolant NOTICE:
The cooling s stem in your vehicle is filled with
8
DEX-COOL engine coolant.This coolant is designed When adding coolant, it is important thatyou
to remain in your vehiclefor 5 years or 150,000 miles use onlyDEX-COOL@(silicate-free) coolant.
(240 000 km) whichever occursfirst, if you add only
If coolant other thanDEX-COOL isadded to
DEX-COOL extended life coolant.
the system, premature engine, heater core or
The following explains your cooling system and how radiator corrosion may result.In addition, the
to add coolant whenit is low. If you havea problem
with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating in
engine coolantwill require change sooner at --
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months,
the Index.
whichever occurs first. Damage causedby the
A 50/50 mixture of water and DEX-COOL@ use of coolant other thanDEX-COOL@is not
coolant will: covered by your new vehiclewarranty.
Give freezing protection down to-34F (-37C).
Give boiling protection up to265 F (129C).

6-25
What to Use
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably
NOTICE:
distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL@coolant which
wont damage aluminum parts. If you use this mixture, If you usean improper coolant mixture,your
you dont need to add anything else. engine couldoverheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost wouldnt be covered byyour
warranty. Too much water in the mixture can
freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core
and otherparts.
Adding only plainwater to your cooling system
can be dangerous.Plain water, or some other If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
liquid like alcohol,can boil beforethe proper have your dealer check your cooling system.
coolant mixture will. Your vehicles coolant
warning system isset for the proper coolant
mixture. With plainwater or the wrong mixture, NOTICE:
your engine could get too hot but you wouldnt
get the overheat warning. Your engine could If you usethe proper coolant, you dont haveto
catch fire and you or others could beburned. add extrainhibitors or additives which claimto
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean water and improve the system. Thesecan be harmful.
DEX-COOL@coolant.

6-26
Checking Coolant
A CAUTION:
Thrning the surge tank pressure cap when the
engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and
scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly.
--
Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a
--
little when the engine and radiator are hot.

When your engineis cold, the coolantlevel should be at


the FULL COLD mark.
If the light comeson, it
means youre low on
engine coolant.
The surge tank is located on the passengers side of the See Low Coolant Light
engine compartment. in the Index.

6-27
Adding Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap
If you need more coolant, add the proper DEX-COOL@
coolant mixtureat the surge tank, but only when the
engine is cool. NOTICE:
Your surge tank cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap andmust be tightly installedto
I
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating.
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot a GM
When you replace your surge tank pressure cap,
enough. Dont spill coolant on a hot engine. cap is recommended.
Thermostat
When replacing the pressure cap, make sure
it is tight.
Engine coolant temperature is controlledby a thermostat
in the engine coolant system.The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an ACDelco
thermostat is recommended.
Power Steering Fluid How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartmentis cool, wipe the cap and
the top of the reservoir clean, then unscrew the cap and
wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
The level should be at the C mark. If necessary, add
only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark.

What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to use, see
Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants in the Index.
Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can cause leaksand damage hoses and seals.

When to Check Power Steering Fluid


It is notnecessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or
you hear an unusualnoise. A fluid lossin this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.

6-29
Windshield Washer Fluid
NOTICE:
What to Use
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read 0 When using concentrated washer fluid,
the manufacturers instructions before use. If you will be follow the manufacturers instructions for
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature adding water.
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient 0 Dont mix water with ready-to-use washer
protection against freezing. fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluidtank and
Adding Washer Fluid other parts of the washer system. Also,
Open the cap labeled water doesnt cleanas well as washer fluid.
WASHER FLUID ONLY. 0 Fill your washer fluid tank only
Add washer fluid until the three-quarters full whenits very cold. This
tank is full. allows for expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damagethe tank if it is
completely full.
0 Dont use engine coolant (antifreeze)in
your windshield washer.It can damage
your washer systemand paint.
Brakes So, it isnt a good idea to top off your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid wont correct a leak. If you add fluid
Brake Fluid when your linings are worn, then youll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
Your brake master (or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
cylinder reservoir is done on the brake hydraulic system.
here. It isfilled with
DOT-3 brake fluid.

If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill on


the engine. The fluid will burn if the engine is
hot enough.You or others couldbe burned, and
your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake
fluid only when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
There areonly two reasons why the brake fluid level in
the reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake V-en your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brake
fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal warning light will come on. See Brake System Warning
brake lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid Light in the Index.
level goes back up. The other reason is that fluid is
leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you should have
your brake system fixed, since a leak means that
sooner or later your brakes wont work well, or wont
work at all.

6-31
What toAdd
DOT-3 brake
When you do need brake fluid, use only NOTICE:
fluid -- such as Delco Supreme11 (GM Part
@

No. 12377967). Use new brake fluid from a sealed 0 Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
container only. brake system parts.For example, just a few
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area drops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine
around the cap before removing it. This will help keep oil, in your brake system can damagebrake
dirt from entering the reservoir. system parts so badly that theyll have to be
replaced. Dont let someoneput in the
wrong kindof fluid.
0 If you spill brake fluid on your vehicles
I painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
With the wrong kind of fluidin your brake damaged. Be careful notto spill brake fluid
system, your brakes may not work well, or they on your vehicle.If you do, washit off
may not even workat all. This could cause a immediately. See Appearance Care in
crash. Always use theproper brake fluid. the Index.

6-32
i
Brake Wear Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a brake
squeal whenthe brakes are first applied or lightly
Your vehicle hasfront disc brakes and rear drum brakes. applied. This does not mean somethingis wrong with
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a your brakes.
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are See Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspectionin
worn and new pads are needed. The sound may come and Section 7 of this manual under Part C Periodic
go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except Maintenance Inspections.
when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help
prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect
brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in the
proper sequenceto GM specifications.
The brake wear warning sound means that soon Your rear drum brakes dont have wear indicators, but
your brakes wont work well. That could lead to you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear
an accident. When you hear the brake wear brake linings inspected immediately. Also, the rear
brake drums should be removed and inspected each tim
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
the tires are removedfor rotation or changing. When
you have the front brake pads replaced, have the rear
brakes inspected, too.
I 1 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
NOTICE: axle sets.
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads See Brake System Inspection in Section7 of
could result in costly brake repair. this manual underPart C Periodic Maintenance
Inspections.

6-33
Brake Pedal Travel Replacing Brake System Parts
See your dealerif the brake pedal does not return to The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. Its
normal height, orif there is a rapid increase in pedal many parts have to be of top quality and work well
travel. This could be a signof brake trouble. together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality
Brake Adjustment GM brake parts. When you replace parts of your braking
Every time you make a moderate brake stop, your disc system -- for example, when your brake linings wear
brakes adjust for wear.If you rarely make a moderate or down and you have to have new ones put -- in be sure
If
heavier stop, then your brakes might not adjust correctly. you get new approvedGM replacement parts.If you
you drive in that way, then -- very carefully-- make a few dont, your brakes may no longer work properly. For
moderate brake stops about every1,000 miles (1 600 km). example, if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong
so your brakes will adjust properly. for your vehicle, the balance between your front and
rear brakes can change-- for the worse. The braking
If your brake pedal goes down farther than normal, your performance youve come to expect can change in many
rear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by other waysif someone puts in the wrong replacement
backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times. brake parts.

6-34
Battery to pf6pai-e ycruPvehicle
Contact your dealer to learn how
for longer storage periods.
Every new Chevrolet hasan ACDelco Freedom@ battery.
You never have to add water to one of these.When its Also, for your audio system,see Theft-Deterrent
time for a new battery, werecornend an ACDelco Feature in the Index.
Freedom battery. Get one thathas the replacement number
shown on the original batterys label. Bulb Replacement
this section,
For any bulb changing procedure not listed in
Vehicle Storage contact your dealers service department.
If youre not going drive
to your vehicle for 25 days or more,
remove the black, negative(-) cable from the battery. This Halogen. Bulbs
will
help

AC
keep

A
your bat y f

UTION:
ling
down.
A CAUTION:
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas insideand
Batteries have acidthat can burn you and gas that can burstif you drop orscratch thebulb. You or
can explode. You can be badlyhurt if you arent others could beinjured. Be sure to read and
carefd. See Jump Starting in the Indexfor tips follow the instructions on the bulb package.
on workingaround a battery without getting hurt.

6-35
Front Exterior
Headlamps
For the typeof bulb to use, see Replacement Bulbs in
the Index. To replace one of your headlamp bulbs, do
the following:

2. Remove the other bolt that anchors the headlamp


assembly. Pull the headlamp assembly toward the
front of the vehicle to access the bulbassembly.
When replacing the drivers side headlamp, twist the
bulb assembly one-eighth of a turn to theleft and
remove it fromthe headlamp assembly.
1. Remove the firstbolt and carefully pry up the shield When replacing the passengers side headlamp, twist
that covers the headlamp assembly, Be careful not to the bulb assembly one-eighth of a turn to the right
break the fasteners that hold the shield in place. and remove it fromthe headlamp assembly.

6-36
Rear Exterior
Taillamps and Rear Turn Signal Lamps
For the type of bulb to use, see ReplacementBulbs in
how to
the Index. The following instructions explain
change each bulb.

3. Disconnect the bulb base from me socketby lifting


the plastic locking tab.
4. Snap a new bulb into the socket.
5 . Replace the bulb assembly by reversing Steps 1
through 3, making sure the lower leg of the
headlamp bracket is properly seated into the wedge
shaped retainer. 1. Unscrew the fastener that holds down thetrunk trim.
2. Remove the taillamp bulb assembly by turning it
one-quarter of a turn to the left.

6-37
Back-up Lamps
1. Open the trunk lid and locate the back-up lamp
assembly on the trunk lid.
2. Gently remove the bulb from the socket by turning it
counterclockwise and pulling it out.
3. Replace the bulb in the socket by aligning the tabs
and turning clockwise.
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (Models Without
a Spoiler)
If you have a four-door sedan, the Center
High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is accessible from
the interior. To change the bulb, do the following:
3. To remove the bulb, pull it out. 1. Open the trunk and view the access hole under the
4. Push in a new bulb. rear shelf.
5. Reverse all steps to replace the taillamp assembly. 2. Remove the bulb sockets by rotating and pull down.
3. Remove the bulb and replace.
4. Re-install the new bulb and socket into the CHMSL.

6-38
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (Models With 3. Push the lens forward to release the two tabs at the
a Spoiler) front of the lens.
If you have a two-door coupe, the CHMSL is located on 4. Gently remove and replace the bulb(s).
the spoiler. To change thebulb, do the following:
5 . Reverse these steps to replace the lens.
1. Use a Torx screwdriver to unscrew the bulb
assembly from the spoiler. Dome Lamp Without Integral Reading Lamps
2. Gently pull out the bulb assembly. To replace a bulb, do the following:
3. Remove the bulb(s) by gently wiggling the bulb 1. From the rearof the dome lamp lens, inserta flat
from the assembly. screwdriver between the roof trim and the lens.
4. Replace the bulb(s) and reverse these steps to replace 2. With the screwdriver, push the tab atthe rear of the
the bulb assembly. lens forward to release the lens.
3. Pull the lamp lens rearward to release the two
Interior Lamps front tabs.
Dome Lamp With Integral Reading Lamps 4. Gently remove and replace the bulb(s).
To replace a bulb, do the following: 5. Reverse these steps to replace the lens.
1. Insert a flat screwdriver into the slot at the rear
of
the lens.
2. With the screwdriver, push the tab rearward to
release the lamp lens.

6-39
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Tires
Your new vehicle comes with high-quality tires made by
a leading tire manufacturer. If you ever havequestions
about your tirewarranty and where to obtain service, see
your ChevroletWarranty booklet for details.

Poorly maintainedand improperly used tires


are dangerous.
0 Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could havean air-out and a serious
accident. See (Loading Your Vehicle in
Replacement blades come in different types and are the Index.
removed in different ways. For the proper typeand Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
length, see Capacities and Specifications in the Index. overloaded tires.The resulting accident
Heres how to remove theShepherds Hook type: could cause seriousinjury. Check all tires
1. Pull the windshield wiper arm away from frequently to maintain the recommended
the windshield. pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
2. Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly when yourtires are cold.
toward the drivers side of the vehicle. CAUTION: (Continued)
3. Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2.

6-40
___ JTION: ( ontin !NOTICE:
0 Overinflated tires are more likely to be
Dont let anyone tellyou that underinflation or
cut, punctured or broken by a sudden
--
impact such as when you hit a pothole.
Its not. If your tires
overinflation is all right.
dont have enoughair (underinflation), you can
Keep tiresat the recommended pressure.
get the following:
0 Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your
tread is badly worn,or if your tires have Too much flexing
0 Too much heat
been damaged, replace them.
0 Tire overloading
Bad wear
Inflation -- Tire Pressure 0 Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
The Tire-Loading Information label, which is on the
rear edgeof the drivers door, showsthe correct If your tires have too much air (overinflation),
inflation pressuresfor your tires when theyre cold. you can get the following:
Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least Unusual wear
three hours or driven no more than1 mile (1.6 km). Bad handling
Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.

6-41
When to Check The purposeof regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
or more.
Check your tires once a month
rotation is the most important. See Scheduled
Dont forget your compact spare tire. It should
be at Maintenance Services in the Index for scheduled
60 psi (420 kPa). rotation intervals.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You cant tellif your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when theyre underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps backon the valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by keeping outdirt and moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every6,000 to 8,000 miles
( 10 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual
wear, rotate your tiresas soon as possible and check When rotating your tires, always use the correct rotation
wheel alignment. Also checkfor damaged tires or pattern shown here.
wheels. See When Its Time for New Tires and Dont include the compactspare tire in your tire rotation.
Wheel Replacement later in this section for
more information.

6-42
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and When Its Timefor New Tires
rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that all wheel nuts are One wayto tell when its
properly tightened. See Wheel Nut Torque in time for new tiresis to
the Index. check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
Rust or dirton a wheel,or on the parts to which
it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could comeoff and cause
an accident. When you changea wheel, remove
any rust or dirtfrom places where the wheel
1 attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you can You need a new tireif any of the following statements
use a clothor a paper towel to do this;but be are true:
~ sure to use ascraper or wire brush later, if you You can see the indicators atthree or more places
1 need to, to get allthe rust or dirtoff. (See around the tire.
Changing aFlat Tire in the Index.) 0 You can see cord or fabric showing through the
tires rubber.
0 The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
0 The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
0 The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that Mixing tires could cause youto lose control while
cant be repaired well because of the size or location driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
of the damage. (radial andbias-belted tires),the vehicle may not
handle properly, and you could havea crash.
Buying New Tires Using tires of different sizes may also cause
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at damage to your vehicle. Besure to use the same
the Tire-Loading Information label. size and type tires on all wheels.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had Its all right to drive with your compact spare,
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) though. It was developedfor use on your vehicle.
number on each tires sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service on

1
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC number will be followed by an MS If you use bias-ply tires on your vehicle, the
(for mud and snow). wheel rim flanges could developcracks after
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a many milesof driving. A tire and/or wheel could
TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, fail suddenly, causing a crash. Use onlyradial-ply
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias, tires with the wheels on your vehicle.
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.

6-44
Uniform Tire Quality Grading in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
The following information relates to the system developed
by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Traction -- A, B, C
Administration, which grades tires by treadwear, traction
and temperature performance.(This applies only to The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are B, A, and
vehicles sold in the United States.) The grades are molded C, and they represent the tires ability to stop on wet
on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread, specified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete.
winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare A tire markedC may have poor traction performance.
12 inches
tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based
(25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires. on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not
While the tires availableon General Motors passenger include cornering (turning) traction.
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they mustalso conform to Federal safety
Temperature -- A, B, C
requirements and additional General Motors Tire The temperature grades areA (the highest),B, and C,
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards. representing the tires resistance to the generationof
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
Treadwear controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory
The treadwear grade isa comparative rating basedon test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlled material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
conditions on a specified government test course. For excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
example, a tire graded150 would wear one anda half The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire which all passenger car tires must meet under the
graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades
upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and B and A represent higher levels of performance on the
may depart significantly from the norm due to variations laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

6-45
Warning: The temperature grade for this tireis Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
excessive loading, either separately or in combination, same way as the oneit replaces.
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the
carefully at the factory to giveyou the longest tirelife right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your
and best overall performance. Chevrolet model.
Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not
needed. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or
your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment
A CAI'"1ON:
may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle
vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
may need to be rebalanced. or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
It could affect the braking and handlingof your
Wheel ?eDlacement vehicle, make your tires lose air and make you
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted lose control.You could have a collision in which
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, you or others could be injured. Always use
wheel bolts and wheelnuts should be replaced.If the the correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum for replacement.
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired).See your
dealer if any of these conditions exist.

6-46
ire Chains
NOTICE:
The wrong wheelcan also cause problems with NOTICE:
bearing life,brake cooling, speedometeror
odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper If your vehicle has P195165R15 or P205/55R16
height, vehicle ground clearance andtire or tire size tires, dont usetire chains. They can damage
chain clearance to the body and chassis. your vehicle because theres not enough
clearance.
Use another type of traction device onlyif its
See Changing a Flat Tire in the Index for more
information. manufacturer recommends it for use onyour
vehicle and tire size combinationand road
Used Replacement Wheels conditions. Followthat manufacturers
instructions. To help avoid damage to your
vehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove the
device if itscontacting your vehicle, and dont
~~~

spin your wheels.


Putting aused wheel on your vehicle is If you do findtraction devices that will fit, install
dangerous. You cant know how its been usedor them on thefront tires.
how far its been driven.It could fail suddenly NOTICE: (Continued)
and cause an accident. If you haveto replace a
wheel, use a new GM original equipmentwheel.

6-47
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
NOTICE: (Continued)
0 Gasoline
If you haveother tires, use tire chains only where 0 Benzene
legal and only when you must.Use only SAE Class Naphtha
S type chains that are the propersize for your
tires.Install them on the front tires and tighten 0 Carbon Tetrachloride
them as tightly as possible withthe ends securely Acetone
fastened. Drive slowlyand follow the chain 0 Paint Thinner
manufacturers instructions.If you can hear the
chains contacting your vehicle, stop and retighten Turpentine
them. If the contact continues,slow down until it Lacquer Thinner
stops. Drivingtoo fast or spinning thewheels with 0 Nail Polish Remover
chains on will damage your vehicle.
They can all be hazardous -- some morethan
others -- and they can all damage yourvehicle, too.
Appearance Care Dont useany of these unless this manual says you can.
Remember, cleaning products can behazardous. Some In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
are toxic. Others canburst into flameif you strike a Alcohol
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes ina closed space. 0 Laundry Soap
When you use anything from a container to clean your 0 Bleach
vehicle, be sure to follow the manufacturers warnings
and instructions.And always open your doors or 0 Reducing Agents
windows when youre cleaning the inside.

6-48
Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle Using Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose on Fabric
dirt. Wipe vinyl, leather, plastic and painted surfaces 1. Vacuum andbrush the area to remove any loose dirt.
with a clean, damp cloth.
2. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
Your dealer has two cleaners, Multi-Purpose Interior surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
Cleaner and Capture Non-Solvent Dry Spot and Soil
Remover for cleaning fabric and carpet. They will clean 3. Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on
normal spots and stains very well.You can get the container label to form thick suds.
GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. (See 4. Use suds only and apply witha clean sponge. Dont
Appearance Care and Materialsin the Index.) it roughly.
saturate the material and dont rub
Here are some cleaning tips: 5. As soon as youve cleaned the section, use
a sponge
to remove the suds.
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set. 6. Wipe cleaned area witha clean, damp towel or cloth.
7 . Wipe with a clean cloth and let dry.
Carefully scrape off any excess stain.
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change toa
clean area often.A soft brush may be usedif stains
are stubborn.
If a ring forms afterspot cleaning, clean theentire
area immediately or it will set.

6-49
Special Fabric Cleaning Problems Fabric Protection
Stains caused by such things as catsup, coffee (black), Your vehicle has upholstery that has been treated with
egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, soft drinks, vomit, urine and Scotchgard" Fabric Protector, a 3M product. It protects
blood can be removed as follows: fabrics by repelling oil and water, whichare the carriers
of most stains. Even with this protection, you still need
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water. to clean your upholstery often to keep it looking new.

2. If a stain remains, follow the multi-purpose interior Further information on cleaning is available by calling
cleaner instructions described earlier. 1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).

3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, Cleaning Vinyl


treat the area with a waterhaking soda solution: Use warm water and aclean cloth.
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water. Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
4. Let dry.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if you
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili don't get them off quickly. Use a clean cloth and a
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows: vinyMeather cleaner. See your dealer for this product.
1, Carefully scrape off excess stain.
Cleaning theTop of the Instrument Panel
2. First, clean with cool water and allow to
dry completely. Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
3. If a stain remains, follow instructions for waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner. and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.

6-50
Cleaning Interior Plastic Components Dont use abrasive cleaners on glass, because theymay
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
Use only a mild soap and water solution ona soft cloth or If
window, since they may have to be scraped off later.
sponge. Commercial cleaners may affect the surface finish. abrasive cleaners are used on the inside
of the rear
Care of Safety Belts window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
Keep belts clean and dry. defogger grid.

Cleaning the Outside of the


Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
If you do, it washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax,
may severely weaken them. In a crash, they sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
might not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM Windshield
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and Cleaner, Bon A m Powder (non-scratching glass
i @

lukewarm water. cleaning powder), GMPart No. 1050011. The windshield


I I is clean if beads do not form when you rinse it with water.
Cleaning Glass Surfaces Grime from the windshield will stickto the wiper blades
and affect their performance. Clean the blade by wiping
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM vigorously with a cloth soaked in hll-strength windshield
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on
interior glass. Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;
replace blades that look worn.

6-51
Weatherstrips dry on the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish
with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last avoid surface scratches and water spotting.
longer, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six High pressure car washes may cause water to enter
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent your vehicle.
application may be required. (See Recommended
Cleaning ExteriorLampsLenses
Fluids and Lubricants in the Index.)
Use lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a liquid
Cleaning the Outsideof Your Vehicle hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soap to clean
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under
of color, gloss retention and durability. Washing Your Vehicle.

Washing Your Vehicle Finish Care


The best way to preserve your vehicles finishis to keep it Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by
clean by washingit often with lukewarm or cold water. hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
Dont wash your vehicle in thedirect rays of the sun. from your dealer. (See Appearance Care and Materials
Dont use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use in the Index.)
liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
You can get GM-approved cleaning products from your Your vehicle has a basecoatklearcoat paint finish.
dealer. (See Appearance Care and Materials in the The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored
Index.) Dont use cleaning agents that are petroleum basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
based, or that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning non-abrasive and made for a basecoatklearcoat
agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to paint finish.

6-52
Cleaning Your Convertible Top
NOTICE: Your convertible top shouldbe cleaned often.If you use
an automatic vehicle wash, useone with waterjets and
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on hanging cloths. High pressurecar washes may cause
abasecoatklearcoatpaintfinishmaydullthe watertoenteryourvehicle.
finish or leave swirl marks.
When you hand wash the top, doit in partial shade. Use
a mild soap, lukewarm water anda soft sponge. A
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other chamois or cloth may leave lint on the top, and a brush
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird can chafe the threads in the top fabric. Dont use
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can detergents, harsh cleaners, solvents or bleaching agents.
damage your vehicles finish if they remain on painted Wet the entire vehicle and wash the top evenly to avoid
surfaces. Wash the vehicleas soon as possible.If
spots or rings. Let the soap remain on the fabric for a
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked few minutes. When the top is really dirty, use a mild
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
foam-type cleaner. Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather then let the top dryin direct sunlight.
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered
whenever possible.

6-53
To protect the convertible top: The surfaceof these wheels is similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Dont use strong soaps,
0 After you wash the vehicle, make sure the top is
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleanersor
completely dry before you lower it.
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
Dont get any cleaner on the vehicles painted finish; damage the surface.
it could leave streaks.
Dont take your vehicle throughan automatic car wash
If you decide to go through an automatic car wash, that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
ask the manager if the equipment could damage brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
your top.
Before entering a car wash, set the climate control to
Cleaning T-- I
VENT and the fan control tothe highest speed. This will To clean your tires, ;e a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
help to prevent water under high pressure from entering
around the convertible top.
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels
I
NOTICE: -
(If Equipped) When applying a tire dressing always take careto
wipe off any oversprayor splash from all painted
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After surfaces on the body or wheelsof the vehicle.
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel.
A wax Petroleum-based products may damage the
may then be applied. paint finish.
Sheet Metal Damage At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop of the frameshould be loosened before being flushed.
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do
replaced to restore corrosion protection. this for you.
Finish Damage Chemical Paint Spotting
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense. attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
Minor chips and scratches can berepaired with touch-up can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
materials available from your dealer or other service discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected the paint surface.
in your dealers body and paint shop. Although no defect in the paint job causes this,
Chevrolet will repair, at no charge to the owner, the
Underbody Maintenance surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control condition within 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
can collect on the underbody.If these are not removed, of purchase, whichever occurs first.
accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur onthe underbody
parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust
system even though they have corrosion protection.

6-55
Appearance Care Materials Chart

6-56
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Service Parts Identification Label
Youll find this label on your spare tire cover. Its very
helpful if you ever need to order parts. Onthis label is:
your VIN,
SAMPLE4UXWM072675 bd the model designation,
0 paint information and
0 a list of all production options and special
equipment.
This is the legalidentifier for your vehicle.It appears on
a plate in the front cornerof the instrument panel, on the Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle
drivers side. You can see itif you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificatesof title and registration.

Engine Identification
The 8th characterin your VIN is the engine code. This
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts.

6-57
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring
The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses. Should your
Add-on Electrical Equipment headlamps fail to function, have your headlamp system
checked right away.
NOTICE: Windshield Wiper Fuse
Dont add anything electricalto your vehicle unless The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit
you check with your dealer first. Some electrical breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats dueto heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools. If
equipment can damage your vehicle and the the overload is caused by some electricalproblem, have
damage wouldnt be coveredby your warranty. it fixed.
Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
components from working as they should. Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protect the power
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Beforeattempting to windows and otherpower accessories. When the current
add anything electrical to your vehicle, see Servicing load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle in the Index. protecting the circuituntil the problem is fixed.

6-58
Fuses and Circuit Breakers Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protectedfrom
short circuits bya combination of fuses, circuit breakers
and fusible thermal links.This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.
If you ever havea problem on the road and dont havea
spare fuse, you can borrowone that has the same
amperage. Just pick some featureof your vehicle that
you can get along without-- like the radio or cigarette
lighter -- and use its fuseif it is the correct amperage.
Replace it as soon as you can.
There are two fuse blocks in your vehicle: the The fuse panel is located at theleft end of the instrument
instrument panel fuse block and the engine compartment panel. To open, push the tab on the access door to the
fuse block. left and pull the door forward.Make sure to insert the
tabs when replacing the cover.

6-59
Fuse Usage
CLSRCM Instrument Cluster,
Powertrain Control Module,
Daytime Running Lamps

0 2 HTR Multiport Fuel Injection

WIPER Windshield Wipers,


Windshield Washers
ERLS Automatic Transaxle, Brake
Transaxle Shift Interlock, A/C
Compressor, Cruise Control,
Multiport Fuel Injection
Fuse Usage AIR BAG Supplemental Inflatable
Restraint System
TRN-BL Exterior Lamps, Back-up Lamps
PWR ACC Power Door Locks, Convertible
FA'-INJ Fuel Pump, Fuel Injectors Top (Convertible Model Only)
RR DFOG Rear Window Defogger EXT LAMP Exterior Lamps,Instrument
Panel Lights
CLUSTER Instrument Cluster, Anti-Lock
Brake System HVAC Heater and A/C Control,
Anti-lock Brake System,
Engine CoolingFan

6-60
Fuse Usage Fuse Usage
RADIO Radio, Remote Keyless Entry INT LAMP Alarm Module: Illuminated Entry,
Warning Chimes, Overhead
ALARM Alarm Module- Interior Lamps, Lamps, MapReading Lamps,
Warning Chimes Glove Box Lamp, Trunk Lamp,
Radio, Power Mirrors, Remote
CRUISE Cruise Control
Keyless Entry
STOP/HAZ Exterior Lamps, Anti-Lock IGN Engine Ignition
Brake System, Cruise Control,
Turn Signals R HDLP Right Headlamp, Fog
Lamp (2-24)
CIG Cigarette Lighter,Horn, Interior
Lamps, Diagnostic Connector PWR WDO/SRF Power Windows, Power Sunroof,
INST LP Instrument Panel Lights, Convertible Top Controls
Warning Chimes (Convertible Models)
(Circuit Breaker)
PCM/IGN Powertrain Control Module
DRL Daylight Running Lamps (Relay)
L HDLP Left Headlamp, Fog Lamp
(2-24)

6-61
Engine Compartment Fuse Block

Fuse Usage
IGN Ignition Switch Circuits
BATT 1 Power ACC/Stoplamp Circuits
BATT 2 Lighting Circuits
The enginecompartment fuse block islocated on the ABS Anti-Lock Brake System
drivers side of the enginecompartment. Lift off the COOLING FAN Engine Cooling Fan
cover to checkthe fuses.
TACH Tachometer
BLO Heater and A/C Blower
PCM Powertrain Control Module
AIC A/C Compressor
ABSEVO Anti-Lock Brake System
GEN Gen Voltage Sensor (2.2L Engine)

6-62
Replacement Bulbs Capacities and Specifications
AMPS OUTSIDE The following approximate capacities are given in English
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3057 and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants in the Index for more information.
Front ParkingRurn Signal Lamps
BaseModel ........................... 3357 Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 quarts (3.8 L)
2-24Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3357NA Automatic Transaxle
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (3-Speed Automatic Transaxle)*
Pan Removal and Replacement . . . 4.0 quarts (3.8 L)
Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
After Complete Overhaul . . . . . . . . 7.0 quarts (6.6 L)
Outside ............................... 912
*4-Speed Automatic Transaxle Not Owner Serviceabl
Halogen Headlamps
When draining or replacing torque convertec more
HigWLowBeam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9005/6 fluid may be needed.
Tail/Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3057 Manual Transaxle
Turn Signal Lamps (Rear Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . 3057 Complete Drain and Refill . . . . . . . 2.0 quarts (1.9 L)
BULB INSIDE LAMPS Cooling System
Domemeading Lamp (If Equipped) 2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3quarts(9.8 L)
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 2.4L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7quarts (10.1 L)
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6-63
Refrigerant (R=134a), Normal Maintenance
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See refrigerant Replacement Parts
charge label under hood.
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.2 gallons (57.5 L) Air Cleaner Element
2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type A- 11 72C
Tire Pressures, Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . See Tire-Loading
Information label 2.4L ....................... AC Type A- 1172C
on drivers door. Engine Oil Filter
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . 100 lb-ft (140 Nmm) 2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type PF-47
2.4L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACType PF-44
NOTE: All capacities are approximate. When adding,be Spark Plugs
sure tofill to the appropriate level,
as recommended in
this manual. 2.2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type 41-948
Gap: 0.050 inch (1.27 mm)
Air Conditioning Refrigerants 2.4L ......................... AC Type 4 1-942
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. Gap: 0.050 inch (1.27 mrn)
If the air conditioning systemin your vehicle needs Windshield Wiper Blade (Sheppards Hook v p e )
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant
is used. If Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 inches (56 cm)
youre not sure, ask your dealer.
Right Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 inches (43 cm)

6-64
2.2L Engine Specifications Width
VIN Engine Code ..............................4 Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.4 inches (1 9 1.6 cm)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L4 Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.4 inches (191.6 cm)
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 @ 5,000 rpm Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.4 inches (191.6 cm)
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4-2 Height
ThermostatTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . 180" F (82C)
Coupe . . . . . . 53.2
inches
(135.1
cm)
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.9 inches (1 39.4 cm)
Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.9 inches (136.9 cm)
2.4L Engine Specifications
Wheelbase
VIN Engine Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.1 inches (264.4 cm)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L4 Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.1 inches (264.4 cm)
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 @ 5,600rpm Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.1 inches (264.4 cm)
FiringOrder .......................... 1-3-4-2 Front Tread
Thermostat Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 180" F (82C) Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.6 inches (146.3 cm)
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.6 inches (146.3 cm)
Dimensions Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . 57.6 inches (146.3 cm)
Length Rear Tread
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180.3 inches (458.0 cm) Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.8 inches (144.3 cm)
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180.3 inches (458.0 cm) Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.8 inches (144.3 cm)
Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . 180.3 inches (458.0 cm) Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.8 inches (144.3 cm)

6-65
b% NOTES
&J NOTES

6-67
b NOTES

6-68
0Section 7 Maintenance Schedule

This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety,
dependability and emission control performance.

7-2 Introduction 7-6 Long Trip/Highway Intervals


7-4 Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services 7-30 Part B: Owner Checks and Services
7-5 Short Trip/City Definition 7-35 Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
7-5 Short TripKity Intervals 7-37 Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
7-6 Long Tripmighway Definition 7-39 Part E: Maintenance Record

7-1
Introduction
IMPORTANT. Your Vehicle and the Environment
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
L.EVEL AND CHANGE
RECOMMENDED vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the quality of the air
we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
of emissions from your vehicle.To help protect our
environment, andto keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.

Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan


supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your
Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet, or your
Chevrolet dealer for details.

7-2
How This Section is Organized Part B: Owner Checks and Services tells
you what should be checked and when. It alsoexplains
The remainder of this section is divided into fiveparts: what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services shows good condition.
what to have doneand how often. Some of these Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
services can be complex, so unless you are technically explains important inspections that your dealers service
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should department or another qualified service center should
let your dealers service department or another qualified perform.
service center do these jobs.
Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
lists some recommended products to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or haveit done.
Performing maintenance worK on a vehiclecan
be dangerous.In trying todo somejobs, you can Part E: Maintenance Record provides a place for
be seriouslyinjured. Do your own maintenance you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
work onlyif you have the required know-how sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
and the propertools and equipment for the job. determine when your next maintenance should be done.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
technician do the work. receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information. See Service and Owner Publications in
the Index.

7-3
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance The proper fluids and lubricants touse are listed in
Part D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses
Services these. All parts shouldbe replaced and all necessary
Using Your Maintenance Schedule repairs done before you or anyone else drives
the vehicle.
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we dont know These schedules are for vehicles that:
exactly how youll drive it.You may drive very short carry passengers and cargo within recommended
distances only a few times a week. Or you may drive limits. You will find these limits on your vehicles
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather. Tire-Loading Information label. See LoadingYour
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or Vehicle in the Index.
you may drive it to work, to do errands orin many
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
other ways. driving limits.
Because of all the different ways people use their use the recommended fuel. See Fuel in the Index.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.You may even need
more frequent checks and replacements than youll find Selecting the Right Schedule
So please read this
in the schedules in this section.
section and note how you drive. If you have any First youll need to decide which of the two schedules is
questions onhow to keep your vehicle in good right for your vehicle. Heres how to decide which
condition, see your dealer. schedule to follow:
This part tells you the maintenance services you should
have done andwhen you should schedule them.If you
go to your dealerfor your service needs, youll know
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.

7-4
Maintenance Schedule
-G/City Definition Short Trip/City Intervals
Follow the Short TripKity Maintenance Scheduleif any Every 3,000 Miles (5000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
one of these conditionsis true for your vehicle: Change (or3 months, whichever occurs first).
0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Chassis Lubrication
This is particularly important when outside (or 6 months, whichever occursfirst). Tire Rotation.
temperatures are below freezing. Every 15,000 Miles (25000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions.
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic). Every 30,000 Miles (50000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
0 Most trips are through dusty areas. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Inspection
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on topof (2.2L Code4 engine only).
your vehicle. (With some models, you should never Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km):Automatic Transaxle
tow a trailer.See Towing a Trailer in theIndex.) Service (severe conditions only).
If the vehicle is usedfor delivery service, police, taxi Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
or other commercial application. Drive Belt Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles(166 000km): Spark Plug Wire
One of the reasonsyou should follow this scheduleif Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
you operate your vehicle under anyof these conditions
is that these conditions cause engine oil to break Every 150,000 Miles(240 000 km):Cooling System
down soonex Service (or every60 months, whichever occursfirst).
These intervals only summarize maintenanceservices.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule on
the following pages.
7-5
Maintenance Schedule
1 Long Trip/Highway Definition Long- Trip/Highway
- Intervals
Follow this maintenance scheduleonly if none ofthe Every 7,500 Miles (12500 km):Engine Oil and Filter
conditions from the Short TripKity Maintenance Change (or every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
Schedule istrue. Do not use this schedule if the vehicle Chassis Lubrication (or every12 months, whichever
is usedfor trailer towing, driven ina dusty area or used occurs first). Tire Rotation.
off paved roads. Use the Short TripKity schedule for
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Exhaust Gas
these conditions.
Recirculation (EGR) System Inspection(2.2L Code 4
Driving a vehicle with afully warmed engine under engine only). Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. Fuel
highway conditions causes engine oil to break Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
down slowel:
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug Wire
Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
Every 150,000 Miles (240 000 km):Cooling System
Service (or every60 months, whichever occursfirst).
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to followthe complete maintenance schedule on
the following pages.

7-6
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule

The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles # Lubricate the suspension and the steering linkage.
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles + A good time to check your brakes is during tire
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The services shown rotation. See Brake System Inspection under
at 150,000 miles(240 000 km) should be performed at Periodic Maintenance Inspections in Part
C of
the same interval after 150,000 miles
(240 000 km).
this schedule.
See Owner Checks and Services and Periodic
Maintenance Inspections following.
++ If you drive ina highly corrosive environment, your
brake calipers may require additional inspection and
Footnotes service, at every other tire rotation. See
Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection under
3- The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the Periodic Maintenance Inspections in Part C of
California Air Resources Board has determined that the this schedule.
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior
to the
completion of the vehicles useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.

7-7
1 Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
3,000 Miles (5 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.

6,000 Miles (10 000 km) I DATE


0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst). A L I UNL
An Emission Control Service. I MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires.See Tire Inspection and Rotationin the Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
9,000 Miles (15 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.

12,000 Miles (20 000 km)


Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst). SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service,
17 Lubricate chassis components(or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
7-8
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index
for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
(Also see footnote ++.)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km) DATE I
Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
18,000 Miles (30 000 km) DATE I
Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 6 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotationin the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.

7-9
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
24,000 Miles (40 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlSewice.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
in the Index for proper
Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
(Also see footnote ++.)
27,000 Miles (45 000 km) t
DATE 1
0 Change engine oiland filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst). SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.

30,000 Miles (50 000 km) I DATE I


0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occursfirst). I I I
(See footnote#.)
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and linesfor damage or leaks. Inspectfuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index
for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

36,000 Miles (60 000 km)


0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
(Also see footnote ++.)

7-11
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
39,000 Miles (65 000 km) DATE I
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.

42,000 Miles (70 000 km)


Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfist).
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
17 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation
in the Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
45,000 Miles (75 000 km) I DATE
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). MILEAGE
An Emission Control Service.

7-12
m i T r i p / C i t y Maintenance Schedule I
0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
17 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
(Also see footnote ++.)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km) DATE I
0 Change automatic transaxle fluid and
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90F (32C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
1 ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED B Y

- When doing frequent trailer towing.


- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not useyour vehicle under anyof these conditions, the fluid and
filter donot require changing.
Manual transaxlefluid doesnt require change.
51,000 Miles (85 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICED BY:
7-13
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
57,000 Miles (95 000 km) DATE
17 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
I I

I 1
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
0 Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.

7-14
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
Inspect fuel tank,cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
(Also see footnote ++.)
63,000 Miles (105 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICED BY:

66,000 Miles (110 000 km) DATE


I
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation
in the Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote

7-15
I ShortIYiplCityMaintenanceSchedule I
69,000 Miles (115 000 km) DATE I
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. I ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBX 1
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every
(See footnote#.)
6 months, whichever occursfirst).

0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index


rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
(Also see footnote ++.)
for proper
+
I DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

75,000 Miles (125 000 km) DATE I


0 Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). ACTUAL SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)

7-16
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
78,000 Miles (130 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in
the Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
81,000 Miles (135 000 kun) I DATE I
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

I I I

84,000 Miles (140 000 km) DATE I


0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotationin the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
(Also see footnote ++.)

7-17
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
87,000 Miles (145 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

90,000 Miles (150 000 km) I DATE I


0 Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.)
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and linesfor damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replaceparts as needed.
An Emission ControlService. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission ControlSewice. (See footnote?.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote

7-18
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
93,000 Miles (155 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

96,000 Miles (160 000 km) DATE


I
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every6 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotationin the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.) (Also see
footnote ++.)
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

7-19
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
IO0,OOO Miles (I66 000 km) I DATE I
0 Inspect spark plug wires (except2.4L Code T engine).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter the
if vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90F
(32O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid and
filter donot require changing.
Manual transaxle fluid doesnt require change.

150,000 Miles (240 000 km)


0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every
60 months since last service,
for what to use.
whichever occurs first). See Engine Coolant in the Index
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test
cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.

7-20
I Lung Trip/Highway Maintenance achedule
The services shown in this schedule up 100,000
to miles # Lubricate the suspension and the steering linkage.
(166 000 km)should be performed after100,000 miles + A good time to check your brakes is during tire
(166 000km)at the same intervals.The services shown rotation. See Brake System Inspection under
at 150,000 miles (240 000 km)should be performed at Periodic Maintenance Inspectionsin Part C of
the same interval after150,000 miles (240 000 km). this schedule.
See Owner Checks and Services and Periodic ++ If you drive in a highly corrosive environment,
Maintenance Inspections following. your brake calipers may require additional inspection
Footnotes and service, at every other tire rotation.
See
Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection under
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the Periodic Maintenance Inspections in Part C of
California Air Resources Board has determined that the this schedule.
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicles useful life.We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals andthe maintenance
be recorded.

7-21
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
7,500 Miles (12 500 km) DATE 1
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)

15,000 Miles (25 000 km) I DATE I


0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation
in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
(Also see footnote++.)
22,500 Miles (37 500 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICED B Y
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)

7-22
1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index
for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
30,000 Miles (50 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotationin the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.) (Also see
footnote ++.)
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission ControlService.
I7 Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspectfuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replaceparts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission ControlService.

7-23
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
37,500 Miles (62 500 km) DATE 1
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlSewice.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
45,000 Miles (75 000 km) DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs
An Emission Control Service.
first). ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation inthe Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
(Also see footnote++.)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km) DATE
I
0 Change automatic transaxlefluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under oneor more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90F (32C)or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.

7-24
Long Tripmighway MaintenanceSchedule

- When doing frequent trailer towing.


- Uses such as found in taxi, policeor delivery service.
lf you do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions, thefluid and
filter do not require changing.
Manual transaxle fluid doesnt require change.
52,500 Miles (87 500 km) DATE
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index
for proper
footnote +.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) DATE 1
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
(Continued)

7-25
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
0 Rotate tires.See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
(Also see footnote++.)
0 Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) system (2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
67,500 Miles (112 500 km) DATE
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation inthe Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)

7-26
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
75,000 Miles (125 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService.
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICED BY:

0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).


(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotationin the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
(Also see footnote ++.)
$2,500 Miles (137 500 km) DATE
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission ControlService. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (Seefootnote +.)

90,000 Miles (150 000 km) DATE I


0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService.
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICED BY:

0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).


(See footnote #.)
(Continued)
7-27
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued)
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damageor leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission ControlService. (See footnotef)
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system(2.2L Code 4 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation in the Indexfor @r6pir
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
(Also see footnote ++.)
97,500 Miles (162 500 km) I DATE I
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService. MILEAGE
ACTUAL I SERVICEDBY:
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote#.)
0 Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection and Rotationthein Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote

7-28
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 1
100,000 Miles (166 000 km) DATE I
0 Inspect spark plug wires (except
2.4L Code T engine).
An Emission ControlService.
Replace spark plugs.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Change automatic transaxlefluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic wherethe outside temperature regularly reaches
90F (32C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid
and filter do not require changing.
Manual transaxle fluid doesnt require change.
150,000 Miles (240 000 km) DATE I
1 SERVICEDBY: I
~~~

0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (orevery 60 months since last service,
whichever occursfirst). See Engine Coolant in the Index
for what to use. I MILEAGE
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser, pressure
cap and neck. Pressure test
the cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission ControlService.

7-29
Part B: Owner Checks and Services Engine Coolant Level Check
Listed below are owner checksand services which Check the engine coolantlevel and add DEX-COOL@
should be performed at theintervals specified to help coolant mixture if necessary. See Engine Coolant in
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control the Index for furtherdetails.
performance of your vehicle.
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
vehicle, make surethey are theproper ones, as shown
necessary. See Windshield Washer Fluid in the
in Part D.
Index for further details.
At Each FuelFill At Least Once a Month
It is importantfor you or a service station attendant
to petjiorrn these underhood checks at each fuel fill. Tire Inflation Check
Engine Oil Level Check Make suretires are inflated to the correct pressures.
See Tires in the Index for further details.
Check the engineoil level and add the proper oil if
necessary. See Engine Oil in the Index for Cassette Deck Service
further details. Clean cassette deck. Cleaningshould be done every
50 hours of tape play. See Audio Systems in the
Index for furtherdetails.

7-30
At Least Twicea Year Automatic Transaxle Check (Three-Speed Only)
Check the transaxle fluid level; add if needed.See
Restraint System Check Automatic Transaxle inthe Index. A fluid loss
Make surethe safety belt reminderlight and all your may indicate a problem. Checkthe system and
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are repair if needed.
working properly. Lookfor any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts.If you see anything that might Automatic Transaxle Inspection (Four-Speed Only)
keep a safety belt system from doing its job, have it A
It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level.
repaired. Have any tornor frayed safety belts replaced. transaxle fluid leakis the only reason for fluid loss.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings, Check for leaks. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to
and have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag systemyour Chevrolet dealership Service Department and have
does not need regular maintenance.) it repaired as soon as possible.

Wiper Blade Check Hydraulic Clutch System Check


Inspect wiper bladesfor wear or cracking. Replace blade Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir.
See
inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or Hydraulic Clutch Fluid in the Index. A fluid loss in
miss areas of the windshield. Also see Wiper Blades, this system could indicate a problem. Havethe system
Cleaning inthe Index. inspected and repaired at once.
Manual Transaxle Check
Check the transaxle fluidlevel; add if needed. See
Manual Transaxle inthe Index. Checkfor leaks.
A fluid loss may indicate a problem. Have the system
inspected and repairedif needed.

7-31
At Least Once a Year
Key Lock Cylinders Service
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in PartD.
-
Star1. SwitchCheck
5

When you are doing is check, the vehicle could


Body Lubrication Service move suddenly.If it does, you or others could be
Lubricate all body door and rear compartment hinges. injured. Follow the steps below.
Also lubricate all hinges and latches, including those
for
the primary and secondary hood latches, glove box door,
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
console door and any folding seat hardware. D tells
Part
around the vehicle.
you what to use. More frequent lubrication may be
required when exposed to a corrosive environment. 2. Firmly apply both the parking brake(see Parking
Brake in the Index if necessary)and the regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready toturn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. On automatic transaxle vehicles, try to start the
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL(N). If the starter works in
any other position,your vehicle needs service.
On manual transaxle vehicles, put the shift lever in
NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway and
try to start the engine.The starter should work only
when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the
floor. If the starter works when the clutch isnt
pushed all the way down, your vehicle needs service.
7-32
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check Ignition Transaxle Lock Check
(Automatic Transaxle) While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn
the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
A CAUTION: 0 With an automatic transaxle, the key should turn to

r When you are doing this check, the vehicle could 0


LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK (P).
With a manual transaxle, the key should turn
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be to LOCK only when the shift lever is in
injured. Follow the steps below. REVERSE (R).
On vehicles with a key release button, try to turn the key
to LOCK without pressing the button. The key should
1. Before you start, be sureyou have enough room turn to LOCK only when you press the key button.
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface. On all vehicles, the key should come out only in LOCK.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see Parking Brake Turn the steering wheel to the leftand to the right. It
in the Index if necessary). should only lock when turned to the right.
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engineoff, turn the key to theRUN
position, but dont start theengine. Without applying
the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicles BTSI
needs service.

7-33
Parking Brake and Automatic Wansaxle
PARK (P) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
Mechanism Check downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the

'A
parking brake.
To check the parking brake's holding ability: With
CACmr3N: the engine running and transaxle NEUTRAL,
in (N),
slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake
When you are doing thisc x k , your vehicle pedal. Do this until the vehicleis held by the parking
could begin to move. Youor others could be brake only.
injured and property could be damaged. Make To check the PARK (P) mechanism's holding ability:
sure there is room infront of your vehiclein case With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular release all brakes.
brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.
Underbody Flushing Service
At least every spring, use plain water flush
to any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to
clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris
can collect.

7-34
Part C: Periodic Maintenance Exhaust System Inspection
Inspections Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,
Listed beloware inspecrlons and services which should
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open
seams.
be performed at least twice a year(for instance, each
holes, loose connectionsor other conditions which could
spring andfall). You should let your dealers service
cause a heat build-up in thefloor pan or could let
department or other qualified service center do these
exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See Engine Exhaust
jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs are completed
in the Index.
at once.
Proper procedures to perform these services
may be Engine Cooling System Inspection
found in a service manual.See Service and Owner Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
Publications inthe Index. cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,
Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle fittings and clamps; replace as needed. Clean the outside
of the radiator and air conditioning condenser.
To help
Boot and Seal Inspection ensure proper operation, a pressure test
of the cooling
Inspect thefront and rear suspension and steering system and pressurecap is recommended at least
system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signsof once a year.
wear or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering
lines and hosesfor proper hook-up, binding, leaks, Throttle System Inspection
cracks, chafing,etc. Clean and then inspect the drive Inspect the throttle system
for interference or binding,
axle boot sealsfor damage, tears or leakage. Replace and for damaged or missing parts. Replace parts as
seals if necessary. needed. Replace any components that have high effort
or excessive wear.Do not lubricate accelerator and
cruise control cables.

7-35
Brake System Inspection
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake linesand
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads
for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings
for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake,
etc.
Check parking brake adjustment.You may need to have
your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
or conditions result in fi-equent brakin,g..
Caliper/KnucMe Maintenance Inspection
If you operate your vehicle in a highly corrosive
environment, as indicated by the shaded areas on the
map following this text, your vehicle may require
additional brake service. Refer to the appropriateGM
Service Bulletinfor the proper caliper inspection
procedure. As necessary, caliper pins and knuckle brake
pad abutments should be lubricated at every other tire
rotation. Also, see yourGM dealers service department
or qualified service centerfor additional information.

7-36
Part D: Recommended Fluids USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT
and Lubricants
Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid
@

NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified belowby name, (GM Part No. 12377967 or
part number or specification may be obtainedfrom System
equivalent DOT-3 Brake Fluid).
your dealer.
Hydraulic Clutch Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part
USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT System No. 12345347 or equivalent
DOT-3 Brake Fluid).
Engine Oil Engine Oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid (GM
Gasoline Engines Starburst System Part No. 1052884 - 1 pint,
symbol of the proper viscosity. To 105001 7- 1 quart, or equivalent).
determine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicles engine, see Manual Synchromesh Transmission
Engine Oilin the Index. Fluid (GM Part No. 12345349
or equivalent).
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean water
(preferably distilled) and use only Automatic DEXRON@-I11 Automatic
GM Goodwrench@ DEX-COOL@ Transaxle Transmission Fluid.
or Havoline@ DEX-COOL@
Coolant. See Engine Coolant in Multi-Pu ose Lubricant, Key Lock
the Index. Cylinders Superlube% (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).

7-37
USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT
Manual Chassis Lubricant(GM Part Hood Latch Lubriplate@ Lubricant Aerosol
Transaxle Shift No. 12377985 or equivalent) or Assembly, (GM Part No. 12346293 or
Linkage lubricant meeting requirements Secondary Latch, equivalent) or lubricant meeting
of NLGI # 2, Category LB Pivots, Spring requirements of NLGI # 2,
or GC-LB. Anchor and Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Clutch Linkage Engine Oil. ~ ~ ~~~~~~~

Pivot Points Hood and Door Multi-PuoseLubricant,


Hinges Superlube% (GM Part
Chassis Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Lubrication No. 12377985 or equivalent) ~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~~

or lubricant meeting requirements Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease


of NLGI # 2, CategoryLB Conditioning (GM Part No. 12345579
or GC-LB. or equivalent).
Windshield GM Optikleen@ Washer Solvent
Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 1051515)
or equivalent.

7-38
Part E: Maintenance Record Any additional informationfrom Owner Checks and
Services or Periodic Maintenancecan be added on
After the scheduled services are performed, record the the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
date, odometer reading and who performed the service maintenance receipts.Your owner information portfolio
in the boxes provided afterthe maintenance interval. is a convenient place to store them.
I
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED
READING BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMm

E 7-39
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED

7-40
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED

7-41
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED
READING
DATE BY MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED

7-42
Section 8 Customer Assistance Information

Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet how to obtain
if you need assistance. This section also tells you
service publications and howto report any safety defects.

8-2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8- 10 Warranty Information


8-4 Customer Assistancefor Text Telephone 8- 10 Reporting Safety Defects to the United
(TTY) Users States Government
8-5 Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program 8-1 1 Reporting Safety Defects to the
8-7 Canadian Roadside Assistance Canadian Government
8-8 Courtesy Transportation 8-11 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
8-9 GM Participation inan Alternative Dispute 8-1 1 Ordering Service and Owner Publications
Resolution Program in Canada

8-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure Chevrolet dealers have the facilities, trained technicians
and up-to-date information to promptly address any
concerns you may have. However, if a concern has not
been resolved to your complete satisfaction, take the
following steps:
STEP ONE-- Discuss your concern with a member
of dealership management. Normally, concerns can
be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has
already been reviewed with the sales, service or parts
manager, contact the owner of the dealership or the
general manager.

r-

8-2
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of 0 In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
dealership management, it appears your concern In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-41 35
cannot be resolved by the dealership without further (English) or 1-800-751-4136 (Spanish)
help, contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center by calling 1-800-222- 1020. InCanada, 0 In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
contact GM of Canada Customer Communication 0 In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Centre in Oshawa bycalling 1-800-263-3777 Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0122
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
0 In all other Caribbean countries: (809) 763-1315
For help outsideof the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate: In other overseas locations, call GM Overseas
Distribution Corporation in Canada at:
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256 (905) 644-4112.
0 In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)

8-3
For prompt assistance, please have the following Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
information available to give the Customer Information booklet for addresses of
Assistance Representative: GM Overseas offices.
0 Your name, address, home and business When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that
telephone numbers your concern will likely be resolved in the dealership,
0 Vehicle Identification Number (This is available using the dealers facilities, equipment and personnel.
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if
the topleft of the instrument panel and visible you have a concern.
through the windshield.)
Customer Assistance forText
a Dealership name and location
Telephone (TTY) Users
a Vehicle deliverydate and present mileage
To assist customers whoare deaf, hardof hearing, or
a Nature of concern speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
We encourage you to call usso we can giveyour inquiry Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
prompt attention. However, if you wish to write Assistance Center.Any TTY user can communicate with
Chevrolet, address your inquiry to: Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. (TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
8-4
Chevrolet Roadside Roadside Assistance is available24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
Assistance Progr (1-800-243-8872).This toll-free number will provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor
mechanical problems.If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, our advisors have access to a
nationwide networkof dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside membership is free, however some
services may incur costs.
of service to the customer,
Roadside offers two levels
Basic Care and Courtesy Care:
0 Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
0 Free towing for warranty repairs
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
0 Available dealer services at reasonable costs (i.e.,
wrecker services,locksmithkey service, glass
repair, etc.)

To enhance Chevrolets strong commitment to customer


satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited to announce the
establishment of the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance
Center. As the owner of a 1998 Chevrolet, membership
in Roadside Assistance is free.
ROADSIDE Courtesy R*l Care PROVIDES: Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportation for customers
Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined previously) needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will
Plus: be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer to eligible purchasersof 1998 Chevrolet passenger car
from a legal roadway) and light duty trucks. (Pleasesee your selling dealer
FREE LocksmitWKey Service (when keys are lost for details.)
on the road or locked inside) Note: Courtesy Care is available to retail and retail lease
FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road) customers operating 1998 and newer Chevrolet vehicles
for a period of 3 years/36,000 miles(60 000 km),
FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road) whichever occurs first. AllCourtesy Care services must
FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or dealer
the road) Service Management.
Basic Care and Courtesy Care are not partof or
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Care
at any time.

8-6
For complete programdetails, see your Chevrolet dealer Please refer tothe Roadside Assistance brochure
to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure. inside your owner information portfolio
for full
program details.
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that
will provide you with quality and priority service. When Canadian Roadside Assistance
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
any payment obligations that may be incurredfor Vehicles purchasedin Canada havean extensive
utilizing outside services. Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
in Canada or the UnitedStates. Please refer to the
For prompt assistance whencalling, please havethe separate brochure provided by the dealer or call
following available to give to
the advisor: 1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
0 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

0 License plate number


Vehiclecolor
0 Vehiclelocation
Telephone number where you can be reached
Vehiclemileage
Description of problem

8-7
Courtesy Transportation Chevrolet Courtesy Transportation is not part of the
Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportation for customers Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will Chevrolet reserves the right to make any changes or
be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time
without notification.
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
to retail purchasersof 1998 Chevrolet passenger cars 0 For additional program details, contact your

and light duty trucks (pleasesee your selling dealer Chevrolet dealer.
for details). Some state insurance regulations make it impractical to
Courtesy Transportation includes: rent vehicles to people under21 years of age. If you are
0 One way shuttleride for any warranty repair
under 21 and have difficulty rentinga vehicle, Chevrolet
will reimburse up to $30/day for documented
completed during the same day. transportation you receive.
a Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle
for any Overnight warranty repair up to five days,OR Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
0 Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus or other interim transportation may be available under the
transportation allowance in lieuof rental for any Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
overnight warranty repair up five to days, OR dealer for details. The Roadside Assistance program is
a Up to $10 daily fuel allowance for rides provided by available only inthe United States and Canada.
another person (i.e., fi-iend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of In Canada, please consult yourGM dealer for
rental for any overnight warranty repair up to five days. information on Courtesy Transportation.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
will be administered by your Chevrolet dealer
service management. Claim amounts should
reflect all actual costs.

8-8
GM Participation in an Alternative BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
Dispute Resolution Program settle automotive disputes. This program is available
This program is available in all 50 states and the District free of charge to customers who currently own or lease a
of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to your Warranty GM vehicle.
and Owner Assistance Information booklet for If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
Plan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue its following address:
participation in this program.
BBB AUTO LINE
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new 4200 Wilson Boulevard
vehicle. Our experience has shown that,if a situation Suite 800
arises where you feel your concern has not been Arlington, VA 22203-1804
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier in this sectionis very successful. Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
There may be instances where an impartial third party To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New and a statement of the nature of your complaint.
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in other factors.
BBB AUTO LINE.

8-9
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Procedure before you resortto AUTO LINE, but you
may contact theBBB at any time. The BBB will attempt TO THE UNITED STATES
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary.If GOVERNMENT
this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing will
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
be scheduled where eligible customers may present their
cause a crashor could cause injury or death, you should
case to an impartial third-party arbitrator.
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
accept or reject. If you accept the decision,GM will be notifying General Motors.
bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
time you file a claim until a decisionis made. a groupof vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
Some state lawsmay require you to use this program campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program in individual problems between you, your dealer or
or in the courts. For further information, contact the General Motors.
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Chevrolet Customer To contact NHTSA, you mayeither call the Auto Safety
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020. Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393(or 366-0123 in the
Warranty Information Washington, D.C. area)or write to:
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
that contains detailed warranty information. Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.

8-10
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO In Canada, pleasecall us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT General Motorsof Canada Limited
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle Customer CommunicationCentre, 163-005
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify 1908 ColonelSam Drive
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General Oshawa, OntarioLlH 8P7
Motors of Canada Limited.You may write to:
Ordering Service and Owner
Transport Canada
Box 8880 Publications in Canada
Ottawa, Ontario K1G352 Service manuals, owners manuals and other service
literature are availablefor purchase for all current and
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS past model General Motors vehicles.
TO GENERAL MOTORS The toll-free telephone number
for ordering information
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
in a situation like this,
we certainly hope youll notify
us. Please callus at 1-800-222-1020 or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047

8-11
1998 CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONSORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehiclebecan
purchased by filling out
it in with your check, money order,
the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing
to Helm, Incorporated (address below.)
or credit card information

CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR1998 CHEVROLET


SERVICE MANUALS OWNERS INFORMATION
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, intended to provide basic operational information about the
electrical, steering, body, etc. vehicle. The owners manual will include the Maintenance
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$90.00 Schedule forall models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owners Manual and
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL Warranty Booklet.
This manual provides information on unit repair service RETAIL SELL PRICE:$1 5.00
procedures, adjustmentsand specifications for the Without Portfolio: Owners Manual only.
1998 GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases. RETAIL SELL PRICE:$1 0.00
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$40.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
SERVICE BULLETINS Service Publications are available for current and past
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed model GM vehicles. To request an order form, please
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. specify yearand model nameof the vehicle.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the
diagnosis and service of your vehicle.

OR ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-782-4356


Monday-Friday 8:OO AM - 6:OO PM Eastern lime
For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover)
. .. Owners Manual Without Potlfolio $1 1998 0.00
. ..
b NOTES

8-14
0Section 9 Index

Adapter Kit. CD ............................... 3- 15 Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48


Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . 6-3 Audio Equipment. Adding ........................ 3-22
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
How Does it Restrain .......................... 1-27 Auto-Down Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Automatic Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Readiness Light ......................... 1-23, 2-66 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18, 6-21
What Makes it Inflate .......................... 1-27 Gear Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
When Should it Inflate ......................... 1-26 Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Aircleaner .................................... 6-17 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Air Conditioning ................................ 3-4 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Air Conditioning Refrigerants ..................... 6-64
Alignment and Balance, Tire ...................... 6-46
B a c k - u p Lamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Aluminum Wheels, Cleaning ...................... 6-54
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Antenna, Fixed ................................. 3-24 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68, 4-7 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Replacement. Keyless Entry ..................... 2-9
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68, 4-7 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Anti-Theft, Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 5-5
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Appearance Care Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56 Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Arbitration Program .............................. 8-9

9-1
Brake CDCare ...................................... 3-24
Adjustment .................................. 6-34 CDPlayer ..................................... 3-16
Fluid ....................................... 6-31 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Master Cylinder .............................. 6-3 1 Center Console Storage Area ...................... 2-47
Parking ..................................... 2-26 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Bulb
PedalTravel ................................. 6-34 Replacement ............................ 6.38.6.39
Replacing System Parts ........................ 6-34 Center Rear Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
System Warning Light ......................... 2-67 Certification Label .............................. 4-31
Trailer ...................................... 4-36 Chains. Safety ................................. 4-36
Transaxle Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Chains.Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Wear ....................................... 6-33 Changing a Flat Tire ............................. 5-23
Brakes.Anti -Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Check Engine Light ............................. 2-71
Braking ........................................ 4-6 Check Gages Light .............................. 2-76
Braking in Emergencies .......................... 4- 10 Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55
Break-In. New Vehicle .......................... 2- 13 Chemical Paint Spotting .......................... 6-55
BTSICheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Bulb Replacement .............................. 6-35 Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Back-up Lamps .............................. 6-38 Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38. 6-39 Securing in the Passenger Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Dome Lamp ................................. 6-39 Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
RearTurnSignal ............................. 6-37 Top Strap ................................... 1-45
Taillamp .................................... 6-37 WheretoPut ................................ 1-44
Bypass Switch. Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Cigarette Lighter ............................... 2-48
Circuit Breakers and Fuses ....................... 6-59
Cleaner.Air ................................... 6-17
Canadian Roadside Assistance .................... 8-7 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Capacities and Specifications ...................... 6-63 Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.30.2.31.4.27.4.36 ConvertibleTop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Cassette Deck Service ........................... 7-30 Exterior LampsLenses ........................ 6-52
Cassette Tape Player ........................ 3.9.3. 11 Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
CD Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 15
Inside of Your Vehicle ......................... 6-49 Lowering Manually ........................... 2-57
Instrument Panel ............................. 6-50 Operation ................................... 2-49
Interior Plastic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 1 Raising ..................................... 2-56
Outside of Your Vehicle ........................ 6-52 Raising Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Removing the Boot ........................... 2-54
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Convex Outside Mirror .......................... 2-46
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 SurgeTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 Surge Tank Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Climate Control System. Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Climate Control System with Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Courtesy Transportation ........................... 8-8
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Clutch Fluid. Hydraulic .......................... 6-24 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Clutch. Hydraulic ............................... 6-24 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Compact Disc Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
AdapterKit .................................. 3-15
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Theft-Deterrent Feature ........................ 3-20 Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 DeadBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convenience Net ............................... 2-47 Defogger. Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Convertible Top Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Bypassswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 Dimensions. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Installing the Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Dolby B Noise Reduction ........................ 3-15
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 9 Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement .................... 6-39

9-3
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.30.2.31.4.27. 4.36
Drive. Automatic Transaxle ....................... 2-22 Fuse Block .................................. 6-62
Driver Position ................................. 1- 14 Identification ................................ 6-57
Driving OilLevelCheck .............................. 7-30
City ........................................ 4-19 Overheating ................................. 5-14
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Drunken ..................................... 4-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15.2.16. 2.17
In a Blizzard ................................. 4-26 Engineoil .................................... 6-12
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Adding ..................................... 6-13
In the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16
Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Used ....................................... 6-16
On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38 What To Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
On Hill and Mountain Roads ....................4-22 Whentochange .............................. 6-16
On Snow and Ice ............................. 4-25 Enhanced Traction System ......................... 4-8
Through Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4- 18 Active Light ............................. 2.70.4.9
WetRoads .................................. 4-16 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Winter ...................................... 4-24 WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.69.4.9
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Ethanol ........................................ 6-4
DrunkenDriving ................................ 4-3 ETS .......................................... 4-8
Active Light ............................. 2.70.4.9
WarningLight ........................... 2.69. 4.9
E a s y Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Exhaust. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.30.4.27. 4.36
Electrical Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.3.22. 6.58 Exterior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Electrical System ............................... 6-58 Exterior LampsLenses. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10. 6.11
Coolant ..................................... 6-25
Coolant Heater ............................... 2- 18 Fabric Cleaning ............................... 6-49
Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 FabricProtection ............................... 6-50
Coolant Temperature Gage ..................... 2-70 Fifth Gear. Manual Transaxle ..................... 2-25

9-4
Filling a Portable Fuel Container .................... 6-7 Gear Positions. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Gear Positions. Manual Transaxle .................. 2-24
Filter. Air ................................ 6-17. 6-64 Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Finishcare .................................... 6-52 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31..
Finish Damage . . . . .Franqais
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .en
. . . . . . . . 6-55 Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
First Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22.2.24 GVWR ....................................... 4-31
First Gear. Manual Transaxle ...................... 2-25
Flashers. Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Flash-To-Pass ................................. 2-34
Halogen. Bulbs ................................ 6-35
Flashers Warning
Flat Tire. Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Hazard .......................... 5-2
HeadRestraints ................................. 1-5
Fluids and Lubricants ............................ 7-37 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
FogLamps .................................... 2-42 BulbReplacement ............................ 6-36
Foreign Countries. Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 High/Low Beam Changer ...................... 2-34
Fourth Gear. Manual Transaxle .................... 2-25
nguage French ........................... 11.. OnReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring .....................................
2-40
6-58
Front Reading Lamps ............................ 2-44 Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
FrontTowing .................................. 5-10 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Fuel .......................................... 6-3 High-Beam Headlamps .......................... 2-34
Filling a Portable Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Filling Your Tank .............................. 6-5 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Gage ....................................... 2-76
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
Hood
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ....................... 6-59 Checking Things Under ......................... 6-8
Prop ........................................ 6-9
Gages Release ...................................... 6-8
Engine Coolant Temperature .................... 2-70 Horn ......................................... 2-32
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76 HydraulicClutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Speedometer ................................. 2-64 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Systemcheck ................................ 7-31
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Hydroplaning .................................. 4-18

9-5
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 13 Keyless Entry System ............................ 2-6
Ignition Transaxle Lock Check .................... 7-33 Keys .......................................... 2-2
Illuminated Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Inflation. Tire .................................. 6-41
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Labels ....................................... 4-31
Inspections .................................... 7-35 Certification ................................. 4-31
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 Service Parts Identification ..................... 6-57
CaliperIKnuckle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 Tire-Loading Information ...................... 4-31
Engine Cooling System ........................ 7-35 Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Exhaust System .............................. 7-35 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 Exterior .................................... 2-40
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 Fog ........................................ 2-42
Steering .................................... 7-35 FrontReading ................................ 2-44
Suspension .................................. 7-35 Interior ..................................... 2-43
Throttle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 Map ....................................... 2-44
Installing the Boot .............................. 2-51 OnReminder ................................ 2-40
Instrumentpanel ............................... 2-60 Latches, Seatback ................................ 1-5
Cleaning .................................... 6-50
Leaving Your Vehicle ............................. 2-6
Cluster ................................ 2-62.2-63 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-28
FuseBlock .................................. 6-59 Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Intensity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Lights
Intensity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Air Bag Readiness ....................... 1-23, 2-66
Interior Lamps ................................. 2-43 Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68, 4-7
BulbReplacement ............................ 6-39 Brake System Warning ......................... 2-67
Charging System ............................. 2-67
CheckEngine ................................ 2-71
Jack.Tire .................................... 5-25 CheckGages ................................ 2-76
Jump Starting ................................... 5-3 Enhanced Traction System Active . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70, 4-9
Enhanced Traction System Warning Light . . . . . 2-69, 4-9
ETS Active .............................. 2-70, 4-9
K e y Lock Cylinders Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 ETS Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69, 4-9
Key Release Button ............................. 2- 15 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

9-6
Low Coolant Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71 Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Oil Pressure ................................. 2-73 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...................... 2-71
Passlock@Warning ........................... 2-75 Manual Front Seat ............................... 1-2
Safety Belt Reminder ...................... 1.8. 2.66 Manual Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Up-Shift ............................... 2.26.2.75 Manual Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Loading Your Vehicle ........................... 4-3 1 ManualTransaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Check ...................................... 7-31
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 Fluid ....................................... 6-22
Door ........................................ 2-4 GearPositions ............................... 2-24
Ignition Transaxle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Key Lock Cylinder Service ..................... 7-32 Shifting ..................................... 2-24
PowerDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Starting Your Engine .......................... 2-15
Rear Door Security ............................. 2-5 Methanol ...................................... 6-4
Low Coolant Warning Light ...................... 2-71 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Lowering the Convertible Top Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Lowering Your Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Inside Daymight Rearview ..................... 2-45
Lubricants and Fluids ............................ 7-37 Manual Remote Control ........................ 2-45
Lubrication Service. Body ........................ 7-32 Power Remote Control ......................... 2-46
Mountain Roads ................................ 4-22
Multifunction Lever ............................. 2-33
Maintenance. Normal Replacement parts . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
MaintenanceRecord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Maintenance Schedule ............................ 7- 1 Neutral. Automatic Transaxle .................... 2-21
Long Tripmighway Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Neutral. Manual Transaxle ........................ 2-25
Long Tripmighway Intervals ..................... 7-6 NewVehicle Break-In ......................... 2-13
Owner Checks and Services ..................... 7-30 Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Short TripKity Definition ....................... 7-5 Odometer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Short Trip/City Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Maintenance. Underbody ......................... 6-55

9-7
Oil. Engine .................................... 6-12 Steering ............................... 4- 10. 6.29
Oil Pressure Light .............................. 2-73 Steering Fluid ................................ 6-29
Overdrive, Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Windows ................................... 2-32
Overheating Engine ............................. 5- 14 Pregnancy, Use of Safety Belts .................... 1-22
Owner Checks and Services ....................... 7-30 Problems on the Road ............................ 5-1
Owner Publications. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 1, 8-12 Publications, Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 11, 8- 12

P a i n t Spotting. Chemical ........................ 6-55 R a d i o Reception .............................. 3-22


Park Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.3.9.3.11. 3.16
Automatic Transaxle .......................... 2-20 Rain. Driving In ................................ 4-16
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Raising the Convertible Top Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Raising Your Convertible Top ..................... 2-56
Parking Rear
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Door Security Locks ........................... 2-5
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Brake Mechanism Check ....................... 7-34 Safety Belt Comfort Guides ..................... 1-33
Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 12 Seatpassengers .............................. 1-30
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Towing ..................................... 5-12
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Window Defogger ............................. 3-6
Your Vehicle, Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 RearTowing ................................... 5-12
Passenger Position .................... 1-23, 1-30. 1-36 Rear Turn Signal Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Rearview Mirror ................................ 2-45
With a Trailer ................................ 4-37 Rearview Mirror, Inside Daymight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Passlock@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Reclining Front Seatbacks ......................... 1-4
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...................... 4-28
Power Refrigerants.Air Conditioning .................... 6-64
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Remote Trunk Release ........................... 2-11
Option Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 Removing the Boot ............................. 2-54
Remote Control Mirror ........................ 2-46

9-8
Replacement LapBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Bulbs ...................................... 6-63 Lap-Shoulder ........................... 1.14.1.30
Parts ....................................... 6-64 LargerChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
Wheel ...................................... 6-46 Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23.1.30.1.36
Replacing Safety Belts ........................... 1-55 Questions and Answers ........................ 1-12
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 8-10 Rear Comfort Guides .......................... 1-33
Restraints Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Checking ................................... 1-55 Rear Seat Passengers .......................... 1-30
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40 ReminderLight .......................... 1-8. 2-66
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Replacing After a Crash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55 Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Systemcheck ................................ 7-31 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Reverse. Automatic Transaxle ..................... 2-2 1 Smaller Children and Babies .................... 1-37
Reverse. Manual Transaxle ....................... 2-25 Use During Pregnancy ......................... 1-22
Right Front Passenger Position .................... 1-23 WhyTheyWork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Safety Chains .................................. 4-36
Roadside Assistance. Canadian ..................... 8-7 Safety Defects. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Rocking YourVehicle ........................... 5-34 Safety Warnings and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Rotation.Tires ................................. 6-42 Scheduled Maintenance Services .................... 7-4
Seatback
Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Safety Belt Extender ............................ 1-55 RecliningFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Seats
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 EasyEntry ................................... 1-6
Care ....................................... 6-51 ManualFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Center Rear Passenger Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 ManualLumbarSupport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Children .................................... 1-37 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
DriverPosition ............................... 1-14 Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55 SeatControls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
How to Wear Properly ......................... 1-13 Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45. 1-48. 1-50
IncorrectUsage .................... 1-18, 1-53, 1-54 Second Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22. 2-23

9-9
Second Gear. Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
Security System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15.2.16. 2.17
Service ........................................ 6-2 Steam ........................................ 5-14
Bulletins. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 1. 8- 12 Steering ......................................
Manuals. Ordering .......................
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
.
8- 11 8- 12 In Emergencies ...............................
Power ................................. 4.10.6.29
4-10
4-11
Publications. Ordering .................... 8-1 1. 8- 12 Tips ........................................ 4-10
Work. Doing Your Own ......................... 6-2 Wheel. Tilt .................................. 2-33
Service and Appearance Care ...................... 6-1 Storage Compartments ........................... 2-47
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 11. 8- 12 Storage. Vehicle ................................ 6-35
OrderinginCanada ........................... 8-12 Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Service Publications ........................ 8- 11. 8- 12 Sunvisors .................................... 2-48
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 Sunroof ....................................... 2-49
Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-55 Supplemental Restraint System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
ShiftLever ............................... 2-20. 2-24 Surge Tank. Coolant ............................. 5-16
Shiftspeeds ................................... 2-25 Surge Tank Pressure Cap ......................... 6-28
Shifting
vlu Vehicle Symbols. ................................ e..

Automatic Transaxle .......................... 2- 19


Into Park (P) ................................. 2-27
Manual Transaxle ............................. 2-24 Tachometer .................................. 2-65
OutofPark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Taillamp Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-37
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 TapePlayerCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
SignalingTurns ................................ 2-34 Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Skidding ...................................... 4- 14 Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Sound Equipment. Adding ........................ 3-22 THEFTLOCK" ................................ 3-20
Spare Tire. Compact ............................. 5-33 Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Specifications and Capacities...................... 6-63 Third Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Specifications. Engine ........................... 6-65 Third Gear. Manual Transaxle ..................... 2-25
Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Tilt Steering Wheel ............................. 2-33
Speedometer ................................... 2-64 Time. Setting the ................................ 3-7
SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Tirechains .................................... 6-47
Stains. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 TireLoading ................................... 4-31

9-10
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 1 Trailer
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40 Backingup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Alignment and Balance ........................ 6-46 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
BuyingNew ................................. 6-44 Driving on Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 Driving with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
ChangingaFlat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Following Distance ........................... 4-37
Cleaning .................................... 6-54 Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Compact Spare ............................... 5-33 Maintenance When Towing ..................... 4-40
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 MakingTurns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Inflation Check ............................... 7-30 Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Inspection and Rotation ........................ 6-42 Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Total Weight on Tires .......................... 4-36
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33. 4-40
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Turnsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Uniform Quality Grading ....................... 6-45 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Used Replacement Wheel ...................... 6-47 Transaxle Fluid
Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 18. 6-21
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
When Its Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Transmitters. Keyless Entry ........................ 2-6
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45 Transportation. Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31, 6-64 TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Towing Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Turn Signalhlultifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Recreational Vehicle .......................... 4-28
Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33, 4-40
Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Underbody Flushing Service ..................... 7-34
Towing Your Vehicle From the Front . . . . . . . . . . 4-28, 4-29 Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Towing Your Vehicle From the Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26.2.75

9-11
Vehicle Replacement ................................. 6-46
Control ...................................... 4-5.. Used Replacement ............................ 6-47
Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi1 Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Dimensions ................................. 6-65 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 Auto-Down ................................. 2-32
Loading .................................... 4-31 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Storage ..................................... 6-35 WindshieldWasher ............................. 2-36
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Fluid .................................. 2-36. 6-30
Visors. Sun .................................... 2-48 Fluid Level Check ............................ 7-30
WindshieldWiper .............................. 2-35
Bladecheck ................................. 7-31
w a r n i n g Devices ............................... 5-3 Blade Replacement ........................... 6-40
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Fuses ...................................... 6-58
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Washer Fluid. Windshield ........................ 6-30 Wiper Blades. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-51
Washing Your Vehicle ........................... 6-52
Wiring. Headlamp .............................. 6-58
Weatherstrips .................................. 6-52 WreckerTowing ................................. 5-8
Wheel Wrench. Wheel ................................. 5-25
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30. 6.64

9-12
3057
1 6

-
3357

Center Hiuh-Mount Stopfamk

lnside lamps - Dome/Kear


r 2.2L 1-3-4-2

Thermostar
A
i
L 'A